54A - Электрооборудование шасси

54A - Электрооборудование шасси
54A-1
GROUP 54A
CHASSIS
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-9
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-21
SERVICE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-9
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-23
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-9
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
54A-23
FLUID LEVEL AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK
......................................
54A-9
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-23
CHART CLASSIFIED BY DIAGNOSIS CODES
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-23
CHARGING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-9
BATTERY TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-10
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . .
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-11
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . .
54A-11
Code No.B1731 Engine ECU authentication timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-24
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless
operation system> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-12
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-12
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-14
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-14
54A-24
Code No.B1A24 Key ID not registered . . . .
54A-25
Code No.B1A25 Key ID unmatched . . . . . .
54A-25
Code No.B1A28 Engine−ECU authentication error
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-26
Code No.B1A35 Transponder read error . .
54A-27
Code No.B2352 Antenna fail . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-28
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . .
54A-29
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . .
54A-14
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . .
54A-29
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-14
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-30
Inspection Procedure 1: The ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp does not illuminate/extinguish
normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-14
Inspection Procedure 2: Malfunction of the ignition
switch power supply system . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-16
Inspection Procedure 3: Even when the selector lever is
in the P position, the ignition switch cannot be turned to
the LOCK (OFF) position. /When the selector lever is in
other than the P position, the ignition switch can be
turned to the LOCK (OFF) position. . . . . . .
54A-17
IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-18
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . .
54A-18
IGNITION SWITCH CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-19
KEY REMINDER SWITCH CHECK . . . . . .
54A-20
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without
keyless operation system> . . . . . . . 54A-21
Inspection Procedure 1: M.U.T.-III cannot communicate
with ETACS-ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-30
Inspection Procedure 2: The ignition key cannot be
registered using M.U.T.-III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-30
Inspection Procedure 3: Engine does not start.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-31
Inspection Procedure 4: Check the power supply and
earth circuit to the receiver antenna. . . . . . . 54A-32
CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL. . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-32
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-33
HOW TO REGISTER KEY ID . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-33
RECEIVER ANTENNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-34
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . .
54A-34
COMBINATION METER . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-35
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-35
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-36
54A-2
buzzer does not sound.
Inspection Procedure 12: Brake warning lamp does not
illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-61
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-38
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-38
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-38
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-39
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . .
54A-40
Code No.B1200 Odometer failure. . . . . . . .
54A-40
Inspection Procedure 14: The combination meter and
instrument panel illumination does not illuminate
normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-63
Code No.B1201: Fuel information problem.
54A-40
SERVICE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-64
Code No.B1209 Test mode. . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-41
ACTUATOR TEST TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-64
Code No.B2463 Rheostat switch sticking . .
54A-41
SPECIAL FUNCTION TABLE . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-64
Code No.B2464 Meter information SW sticking <High
contrast meter> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-42
CHECK PROCEDURE FOR EACH MULTI
INFORMATION DISPLAY SCREEN <HIGH
CONTRAST METER> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-65
Code No.U0100 Engine CAN timeout. . . . .
54A-42
Code No.U0141 ETACS CAN timeout . . . .
54A-43
Code No.U0164 A/C CAN timeout/Not equipped
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-44
Inspection Procedure 13: Seat belt reminder function
does not work normally.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-61
CHECK AT COMBINATION METER TERMINALS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-71
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-73
Code No.U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout .
54A-45
SPEEDOMETER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-73
Code No.U0184 AUDIO CAN timeout. . . . .
54A-46
TACHOMETER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-73
Code No.U0230 POWER GATE CAN timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-47
FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-74
SERVICE REMINDER FUNCTION SET . . .
54A-76
Code No.U0245 AND CAN timeout . . . . . .
54A-48
COMBINATION METER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-82
Code No.U1000 OSS CAN timeout . . . . . .
54A-49
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . .
54A-82
Code No.U1005 Corner/Back SNS.ECU CAN timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-51
METER INFORMATION SWITCH. . . . . . . .
54A-83
Code No.U1190 No receive fault detect signal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-52
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . .
54A-83
METER INFORMATION SWITCH CHECK .
54A-83
Code No.U1195 Coding not completed . . .
54A-52
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . .
54A-53
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-54
Inspection Procedure 1: Power supply circuit check
Inspection Procedure 2: The odometer and the trip
meter are not displayed.
Inspection Procedure 3: No needle meters work.
Inspection Procedure 4: If the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the indicator and warning lamps do
not illuminate normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-54
Inspection Procedure 5: The speedometer does not
work (the other meters work). . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-55
Inspection Procedure 6: The tachometer does not work
(the other meters work). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-56
Inspection Procedure 7: Buzzers do not sound
normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-57
Inspection Procedure 8: Fuel gauge does not work (the
other meters work). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-58
Inspection Procedure 9: The combination meter lamp
does not illuminate normally or the multi-information
display is not displayed normally. . . . . . . . .
54A-59
Inspection Procedure 10: The multi-information display
screen cannot be changed with the operation of the
meter information switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-60
Inspection Procedure 11: Parking brake reminder
HEADLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-83
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-83
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-84
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS <VEHICLES WITH
DISCHARGE HEADLAMP> . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-86
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-89
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-89
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-89
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-89
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . .
54A-90
Code No.B16A2 Turn-signal (LH) bulb outage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-90
Code No.B16A3 Turn-signal (LH) circuit short
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-91
Code No.B16A4 Turn-signal (RH) bulb outage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-92
Code No.B16A5 Turn-signal (RH) circuit short
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-93
Code No.B16A6 Turn-signal fuse blown . . .
54A-94
Code No.L0432 RLS RS adaptation error . .
54A-94
Code No.L0434 RLS light sensor error
Code No.L0436 RLS rain sensor error . . . .
54A-95
54A-3
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . .
54A-96
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY . . . . . 54A-117
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-96
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH <VEHICLES WITH
HEADLAMP MANUAL LEVELLING SYSTEM>
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-118
Inspection Procedure 1: None of the low-beam
headlamps illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-96
Inspection Procedure 2: None of the high-beam
headlamps illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54A-97
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-118
Inspection Procedure 3: The headlamps (low-beam)
illuminate regardless of the lighting switch positions.
(High-beam does not illuminate) . . . . . . . . .
54A-98
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . 54A-119
Inspection Procedure 4: The headlamps do not
illuminate when the passing switch is turned ON.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-99
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-120
Inspection Procedure 5: One of the headlamp(s) does
not illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-100
Inspection Procedure 6: The high-beam indicator lamp
does not illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-101
Inspection Procedure 7: The headlamp automatic
shutdown function does not work normally. 54A-102
Inspection Procedure 8: The auto lamp function does
not work normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-103
Inspection Procedure 9: One of the position lamps, the
licence plate lamps or the tail lamps does not illuminate.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-104
Inspection Procedure 10: None of the turn-signal lamps
illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-105
Inspection Procedure 11: The comfort flashing function
does not work normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-106
Inspection Procedure 12: The turn-signal indicator
lamps do not illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-107
Inspection Procedure 13: The welcome light function
does not work normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-108
Inspection Procedure 14: The coming home light
function does not work normally.. . . . . . . . . 54A-109
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 54A-109
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-111
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH CHECK 54A-118
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-119
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-120
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-122
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-123
Code No. B2510 Height Sensor Not Initialized
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-123
Code No. B2513 Levelling actuator output voltage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-124
Code No. B2514 Height sensor supply voltage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-125
Code No. B2515 Front height sensor signal 54A-126
Code No. B2516 Rear height sensor signal
54A-127
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-129
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-129
Inspection Procedure 1: The both headlamp automatic
levelling systems (right and left) do not work normally.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-129
Inspection Procedure 2: One of the automatic levellings
does not work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-130
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-131
INITIALISATION OF ETACS-ECU . . . . . . . 54A-131
OPERATION CHECK OF HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC
LEVELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-132
HEADLAMP AIMING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-111
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING MOTOR
DRIVE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-132
LUMINOUS INTENSITY MEASUREMENT
54A-113
HEIGHT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-133
REPLACE THE BULB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-113
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-133
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN FUNCTION
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-114
HEIGHT SENSOR CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-133
HEADLAMP AUTO LAMP FUNCTION CHECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-114
REAR COMBINATION LAMP . . . . . . 54A-135
WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION CHECK. . . 54A-114
COMING HOME LIGHT FUNCTION CHECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-114
CUSTOMISATION FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . 54A-114
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR (LIGHT SENSOR)
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-115
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-135
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-137
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-137
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-137
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-137
HEADLAMP RELAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-115
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-137
HEADLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-116
Code No.B16A7 Tail lamp (RH) circuit short <Short
circuit in the position lamp (RH) circuit or the tail lamp
(RH) circuit>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-137
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-116
54A-4
Code No.B16A8 Tail lamp (LH) circuit short <Short
circuit in the position lamp (LH) circuit, tail lamp (LH)
circuit or the licence plate lamp circuit> . . . 54A-139
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-156
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . 54A-140
SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP . . . . . . . . 54A-158
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-140
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-158
Inspection Procedure 1: None of the tail lamps
illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-140
Inspection Procedure 2: The stop lamps do not
illuminate or go out normally. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-141
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-142
REPLACE THE BULB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-142
REAR COMBINATION LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-142
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-142
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY. . . . . 54A-143
BACK-UP LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-144
SPECIAL TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-144
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-144
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-144
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-157
INTERIOR LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-159
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-159
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
Inspection Procedure 1: The front room lamp does not
illuminate normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
Inspection Procedure 2: The rear room lamp does not
illuminate normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-163
Inspection Procedure 3: The luggage compartment
lamp does not illuminate normally. . . . . . . . 54A-164
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . 54A-145
Inspection Procedure 4: The interior lamp automatic
shutoff function does not work normally. . . . 54A-165
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-145
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-166
The back-up lamps do not illuminate normally.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-145
CUSTOMISE FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-166
BACK-UP LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-146
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-167
INTERIOR LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-167
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-146
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP . . . . . 54A-169
FOG LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-146
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-169
SERVICE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-146
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-147
LICENCE PLATE LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . 54A-170
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-149
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-170
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-149
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH 54A-171
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . 54A-149
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-171
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-149
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-173
Inspection Procedure 1: The front fog lamps do not
illuminate normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-149
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-173
Inspection Procedure 2: One of the front fog lamps does
not illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-151
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-173
Inspection Procedure 3: The front fog lamp indicator
does not illuminate normally.. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-152
Inspection Procedure 4: The rear fog lamp do not
illuminate normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-152
Inspection Procedure 5: The rear fog lamp indicator
does not illuminate normally.. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-154
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-155
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-155
REPLACE THE FRONT FOG LAMP BULB
54A-155
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CHECK . . . . . 54A-155
FOG LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-156
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-173
The hazard warning lamps do not illuminate.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-173
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-174
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH CHECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-174
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH . . . . . 54A-174
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-174
HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-175
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-175
54A-5
HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-176
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE
LIGHTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-194
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-176
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-194
HORN RELAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-175
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-196
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR
AND BACK SENSOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-177
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-196
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-177
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-196
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-179
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-196
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-179
Inspection Procedure 1: The accessory socket does not
work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-196
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-179
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-179
Inspection Procedure 2: The cigarette lighter does not
work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-197
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . 54A-180
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-198
Code No. B253A RR Corner sensor open and short
Code No. B253B RL Corner sensor open and short
Code No. B253C RR Back sensor open and short
Code No. B253D RL Back sensor open and short
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-180
CIGARETTE LIGHTER CHECK . . . . . . . . . 54A-198
Code No. U0141 ETACS CAN timeout . . . . 54A-181
COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-201
Code No. U0155 Meter CAN timeout . . . . . 54A-182
Code No.U1190 No receive fault detect signal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-183
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . 54A-184
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-184
Inspection Procedure 1: The reversing sensor system
does not operate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-184
Inspection Procedure 2: The reversing sensor indicator
does not illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-185
Inspection Procedure 3: The system cannot be
activated or deactivated even when the sonar switch is
pressed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-186
Inspection Procedure 4: One or more of the reversing
sensor (corner sensor/back sensor) does not detect the
obstacle.
Inspection Procedure 5: The reversing sensor indicator
keeps flashing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-187
Inspection Procedure 6: Obstacle is not detected even
when the selector lever is shifted to "R" (Reverse)
position.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-188
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 54A-189
CHECK AT ECU TERMINALS . . . . . . . . . . 54A-190
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND
BACK SENSOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-191
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-199
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-199
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-201
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-203
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-203
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-203
DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-203
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-203
Code No.B2350 Lighting switch malfunction
Code No.B2351 Wiper/washer switch malfunction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-203
COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-204
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-204
WIPER/WASHER SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-206
COLUMN SWITCH BODY CONTINUITY CHECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-207
RADIO AND CD PLAYER . . . . . . . . . 54A-208
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-208
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-210
AUDIO ERROR CODES <VEHICLES WITHOUT
DISPLAY AUDIO> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-210
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-191
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-211
CORNER SENSOR/BACK SENSOR-ECU. 54A-192
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-211
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-192
SERVICE MODE <VEHICLES WITH DISPLAY
AUDIO> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-211
SONAR SWITCH (CORNER SENSOR SWITCH)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-193
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-220
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-193
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-221
SONAR SWITCH CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-193
Code No.U0141 ETACS CAN timeout . . . . 54A-221
Code No.U0155 Meter CAN timeout . . . . . . 54A-222
54A-6
Code No.U0164 A/C CAN timeout . . . . . . . 54A-223
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-243
Code No.U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout . 54A-224
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-243
Code No.U0230 Power Gate CAN Timeout
54A-225
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-229
Code No.U1000 OSS CAN timeout . . . . . . 54A-226
Inspection Procedure 1: Steering wheel remote control
switch (audio remote control switch) does not function.
<Vehicles with radio and CD player> . . . . . 54A-243
Code No.U1190 No receive fault detect signal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-227
Code No. U1195 Coding not completed . . . 54A-228
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . 54A-228
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-229
Inspection Procedure 1: Power of the radio and tape
player does not turn ON when the ignition switch is in
the "ACC" position or "ON" position. . . . . . . 54A-229
Inspection Procedure 2: No sound is heard. 54A-230
Inspection Procedure 3: The radio broadcasting can not
be received.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-231
Inspection Procedure 2: Steering wheel remote control
switch illumination does not come on. . . . . . 54A-244
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL
SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-245
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-245
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL
SWITCH CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-245
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-246
Inspection Procedure 4: Audio illumination does not
work normally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-232
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-246
RADIO AND CD PLAYER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-233
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-233
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-246
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-233
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-246
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-234
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-246
USB ADAPTER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-234
The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles
without display audio> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-246
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (MMCS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-234
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-248
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-234
MAIN UNIT TERMINAL VOLTAGE. . . . . . . 54A-234
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-246
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-248
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-249
USB ADAPTER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-249
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(MMCS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-238
HANDS FREE ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-250
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-238
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-250
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-252
REAR VIEW CAMERA. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-239
INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . 54A-252
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-239
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-241
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-253
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-241
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH 1CD AUDIO>
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-254
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . 54A-241
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH DISPLAY
AUDIO> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-256
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-241
Inspection Procedure 1: Rear view camera image is not
correctly displayed <Vehicles with display audio>.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-241
REAR VIEW CAMERA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-242
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-257
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-258
Inspection Procedure 1: Check the hands free-ECU
power supply circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-258
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-242
Inspection Procedure 2: The USB adapter data cannot
be replayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-259
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE
CONTROL SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-243
Inspection Procedure 3: When the speech switch is
pressed, the voice guide is output, but the voice
recognition is not performed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-260
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-243
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-210
Inspection Procedure 4: When the speech switch is
pressed, the voice guide is not output. . . . . 54A-260
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
Inspection Procedure 5: DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be
54A-7
made an entry. Mobile Phone item is not displayed on
the MENU screen of display audio.. . . . . . . 54A-261
Inspection Procedure 6: Voice guide "Unable to obtain
vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your dealer
for service" is sent from the speaker. . . . . . 54A-262
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-263
METHODS FOR PAIRING AND PAIRING DELETION
WITH BLUETOOTH® DEVICE <USING STEERING
WHEEL REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH> . . 54A-263
HOW TO REGISTER AND DELETE BLUETOOTH®
DEVICE <USING DISPLAY AUDIO> . . . . . 54A-264
HANDS FREE ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-266
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-266
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-266
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-267
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-267
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-267
USB ADAPTER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-267
STEERING WHEEL VOICE CONTROL SWITCH
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-267
AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-268
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-268
SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-269
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-269
SPEAKER TEST <VHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD
PLAYER> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-269
SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-270
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-270
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-280
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-280
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-280
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-281
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-283
Code No.B1761 Chassis No. not programmed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-283
Code No. B1762 IOD fuse not seated fully . 54A-283
Code No.B210A +B power supply (low)
Code No.B210B +B power supply (high). . . 54A-285
Code No.B2206 Chassis No. mismatch . . . 54A-286
Code No.B2215 ECU internal error (EEPROM)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-287
Code No.B222C Coding not completed . . . 54A-287
Code No.B2353 Ignition power supply (low)
Code No.B2354 Ignition power supply (high)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-287
Code No.U0100 Engine CAN timeout . . . . . 54A-288
Code No.U0101 T/M CAN timeout . . . . . . . 54A-289
Code No.U0114 4WD CAN timeout . . . . . . 54A-290
Code No.U0121 ABS/ASC CAN timeout . . . 54A-291
Code No.U0131 EPS CAN timeout . . . . . . . 54A-292
Code No.U0151 SRS-ABG CAN timeout . . 54A-294
Code No.U0155 Meter CAN timeout . . . . . . 54A-295
Code No.U0164 A/C CAN timeout . . . . . . . 54A-296
Code No.U0168 KOS/WCM CAN timeout . . 54A-297
Code No.U0184 Audio CAN timeout . . . . . . 54A-298
Code No. U0230 Power Gate CAN timeout
54A-299
Code No.U0245 AND CAN timeout . . . . . . . 54A-300
ANTENNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-272
Code No.U1000 OSS CAN timeout . . . . . . . 54A-301
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-272
Code No. U1005 Corner/Back SNS.ECU CAN timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-302
DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-273
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-273
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-275
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-275
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . 54A-275
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-276
Code No.U0331 ECU internal error (ROM) . 54A-303
Code No.U1073 Bus off (CAN-C-Mid) . . . . . 54A-303
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . . 54A-304
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . 54A-311
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-311
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU power supply circuit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-311
The rear window defogger does not work. . 54A-276
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART FOR INPUT SIGNAL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-312
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-277
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . 54A-312
PRINTED HEATER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-277
Inspection Procedure 1: The ignition switch (ACC)
signal is not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-312
DEFOGGER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-278
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-278
Inspection Procedure 2: The ignition switch (IG1) signal
is not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-313
ETACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-278
Inspection Procedure 3: The key reminder switch signal
is not received. <Vehicles without KOS>. . . 54A-314
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-278
54A-8
Inspection Procedure 4: The front door lock actuator
(driver’s side) signal is not received. . . . . . . 54A-315
Inspection Procedure 5: The front door switch (driver’s
side) signal is not received.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-316
Inspection Procedure 6: The front door switch
(passenger’s side) signal is not received. . . 54A-317
Inspection Procedure 7: The rear door switch (RH)
signal is not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-318
Inspection Procedure 8: The rear door switch (LH)
signal is not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-318
switch signal is not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-320
Inspection Procedure 11: The column switch signal is
not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-321
Inspection Procedure 12: The stop lamp switch signal is
not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-321
Inspection Procedure 13: The remote controlled mirror
switch (fold switch) signal is not received. . . 54A-322
Inspection Procedure 14: The ASC OFF switch signal is
not received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-323
CHECK WITH TERMINAL VOLTAGE. . . . . 54A-324
Inspection Procedure 9: The tailgate lock actuator
<vehicles without electric tailgate> or tailgate latch
<vehicles with electric tailgate> signal is not received.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-319
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-334
Inspection Procedure 10: The hazard warning lamp
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-340
CUSTOMISATION FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . 54A-334
ETACS-ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-340
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
BATTERY
54A-9
BATTERY
SERVICE SPECIFICATION
M1541000301031
Item
Standard value
Battery electrolyte specific gravity
1.220 − 1.290 (electrolyte temperature 20°C)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FLUID LEVEL AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY
CHECK
M1541000900364
CAUTION
• If the battery is used with the electrolyte level
below the LOWER LEVEL indicator, there is
the danger that explosions may occur, so add
water to the battery until the electrolyte level
is between the LOWER LEVEL and UPPER
LEVEL indications.
• If too much water is added to make the level
rise above the UPPER LEVEL indication, the
electrolyte may leak out, so adjust so that the
electrolyte level is between the LOWER
LEVEL and UPPER LEVEL indications.
Standard value: 1.220 − 1.290 (electrolyte
temperature 20°C)
The specific gravity of the battery electrolyte
changes according to the temperature, so the specific gravity when the electrolyte is at a temperature
of 20°C can be calculated using the following formula. Use the converted value to judge whether the
electrolyte is okay or not.
D20 = (t − 20) × 0.0007 + Dt
D20: Specific gravity converted to a value for
electrolyte temperature of 20°C
t: Electrolyte temperature at the time of
measurement
Dt: Actual specific gravity
CHARGING
M1541001102185
•
OK
•
•
Thermometer
•
Specific
gravity meter
•
•
•
AC102027AB
1. Check that the battery electrolyte level is between
the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL
indications.
2. Use a specific gravity meter and a thermometer to
measure the specific gravity.
CAUTION
The battery plugs should be removed during
charging.
The battery electrolyte level may rise and
overflow from the battery during charging.
Explosions may occur if the battery is
brought close to naked flames during charging.
Be careful to avoid tasks that might produce
sparks or other danger while the battery is
charging.
After charging is complete, reinstall the battery plugs, pour water over the battery to
rinse away any sulphuric acid, and let the battery stand to dry.
Charge the battery in a well-ventilated location.
Do not let the battery electrolyte temperature
rise above approximately 45°C (approximately
55°C during rapid charging).
1. Remove the battery from the vehicle.
2. The normal charging current is a value in
amperes which is 1/10th of the battery capacity. If
the battery needs to be charged rapidly because
of reasons such as time limitations, the maximum
charging current for rapid charging is the battery
capacity expressed as an ampere value.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-10
BATTERY
Battery
type
Capacity
(5-hour rate)
Normal
charging
current
Rapid
charging
current
75D23L
52 Ah
5.2 A
52 A
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Battery charging
Recharge the battery at 5A (constant-current charging). (Refer to Table 1.)
Determine when charging is finished.
When the specific gravity of the battery electrolyte is
constantly within 1.220 − 1.290 for a continuous
period of one hour or more.
Q: Is the battery no-load voltage normal value (12.4 V
or more)?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the battery.
BATTERY TEST
M1541001202290
TEST STEPS
STEP 1. Battery no-load voltage check
(1) Illuminate the headlamp for 15 seconds.
(2) Turn off the headlamp and then leave it for about
2 minutes to stabilise the battery voltage.
(3) Remove the battery cable.
(4) Measure the battery no-load voltage.
OK: 12.4 V or more (Specific gravity
1.240)
Q: Does the measured voltage correspond with this
range?
(TABLE 1)
Battery type
75D23L
(TABLE 2)
Outside air
21 or
temperature (°C) more
Minimum voltage 9.6
(V)
STEP 3. Load test check
(1) Connect the battery tester to battery.
(2) Feed a load current through the battery. (Refer to
Table 1).
(3) Measure the battery voltage after 15 seconds and
then eliminate a load current.
(4) Compare the measured voltage to the specified
lowest voltage. (Refer to Table 2).
Q: Is the measured voltage higher than the lowest
voltage?
YES : The battery is normal.
NO : Replace the battery.
Charging time when fully discharged
[5A constant current charging] (H)
Load current (A)
11
260
16 to 20
10 to 15
4 to 9
−1 to 3
−7 to −2
−12 to −8
−18 to −13
9.5
9.4
9.3
9.1
8.9
8.7
8.5
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-11
BATTERY
BATTERY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541001301528
Pre-removal operation
• Air Cleaner Intake Duct Removal (Refer to GROUP 15 −
Air Cleaner ).
Post-installation operation
• Air Cleaner Intake Duct Installation (Refer to GROUP 15 −
Air Cleaner ).
8.5 ± 1.5 N·m
4.0 ± 1.0 N·m
3
2
7
12 ± 2 N·m
4.0 ± 1.0 N·m
4
6
5
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
8
6.0 ± 2.0 N·m
1
8
9
10
ACB05505 AB
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removal steps
Connection of the battery harness
(negative battery terminal)
Fusible link box cover
Connection of the battery harness
(positive battery terminal)
Connection of fusible link box
5.
6.
7.
8.
Removal steps (Continued)
Connection of the battery harness
(positive battery terminal)
Battery terminal assembly (positive
battery terminal)
Battery holder
Battery bolt
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-12
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Removal steps (Continued)
9. Battery
10. Battery tray
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation
system>
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541200600312
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code, Data list and
a. Vehicle
communicatio Actuator test check
n
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n)
d. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
short
e. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Tool
a
MB991824
b
54A-13
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicati
on Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III
USB cable
c. M.U.T.-III
Main harness
A (Vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
Main harness
B (Vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n system)
e. M.U.T.-III
Measurement
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
Trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness B
instead, the CAN communication
does not function correctly.
Diagnosis code, Data list and
Actuator test check
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Test harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Making voltage and resistance
measurements during
troubleshooting
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-14
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1541201100536
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLE SHOOTING
M1541201400214
Refer to Group 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition switch
is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis
code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
Trouble symptom
Inspection
procedure No.
Reference
page
The ignition key cylinder illumination lamp does not illuminate/extinguish 1
normally.
P.54A-14
Malfunction of the ignition switch power supply system.
2
P.54A-16
Even when the selector lever is in the P position, the ignition switch
3
cannot be turned to the LOCK (OFF) position. / When the selector lever
is in other than the P position, the ignition switch can be turned to the
LOCK (OFF) position.
P.54A-17
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The ignition key cylinder illumination lamp does not illuminate/extinguish
normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
OPERATION
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accordance with the input signals below.
• Ignition switch (IG1)
• Key reminder switch
• Driver's door switch
• Driver's door lock actuator
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If this function does not work normally, these input
signal circuit(s), the ignition key cylinder illumination
lamp or the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the key reminder switch
Malfunction of the driver's door switch
Malfunction of the driver's door lock actuator
Malfunction of the ignition key cylinder illumination lamp bulb
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
54A-15
Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :
Go to Step 3.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 228.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 4 "The front door lock
actuator (driver’s side) signal is not
received." P.54A-315.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the signal related to the operation of ignition
key cylinder illumination lamp.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK "(OFF)"
position.
• Remove the ignition key from the ignition key cylinder.
• Open the driver's door.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 228
Dr door unlock
ON
Item 254
IG voltage
1 V or less
Item 256
Dr door ajar switch
Open
Item 264
Handle lock switch
Key in → Key
out
Item 270
Dr door lock switch
Not lock
Item 271
Dr door unlock
switch
Unlock
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for all
the items.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received." P.54A-313.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 256.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
switch (driver’s side) signal is not received."
P.54A-316.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 264.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 3 "The key reminder
switch signal is not received." P.54A-314.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 270,
271. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 4 "The front door lock
actuator (driver’s side) signal is not
received." P.54A-315.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in LP+3 line key
reminder switch connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp bulb
Check that the ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
bulb is normal.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the bulb of the ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in earth line
between key reminder switch connector and
body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in (RLP-1,
RLP-2&RLP-3) line between key reminder switch
connector and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-16
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
illuminates/extinguishes normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: Malfunction of the ignition switch power supply system
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the power supply system of ignition switch has
a problem, none of the equipment and system connected to the ignition switch works even if the ignition
switch is operated.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the ignition switch
Malfunction of the fuse
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Voltage measurement at ignition switch
connector
(1) Disconnect the ignition switch connector and
measure the voltage at ignition switch connector
harness side.
(2) Check the voltage between the ignition switch
connector (power supply terminal) and body
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the fuse.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the fuse. (Check that there is not a
short to earth in the circuit of lower reaches
before replacing. If there are any problems,
replace the fuse after the circuit of lower
reaches is repaired.)
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in IG+ line between
ignition switch connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check the ignition switch.
Refer to P.54A-19.
Q: Is the ignition switch in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the ignition switch.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
Q: Do the device and the system work normally when
the ignition switch is operated?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
54A-17
Inspection Procedure 3: Even when the selector lever is in the P position, the ignition switch cannot
be turned to the LOCK (OFF) position. /When the selector lever is in other than the P position, the
ignition switch can be turned to the LOCK (OFF) position.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The mechanical steering lock controls the steering
lock solenoid, so that the steering lock cylinder turns
from ACC to LOCK only when the selector lever is in
the P position. If the steering lock cylinder does not
turn from ACC to LOCK even when the selector lever
is in the P position, or if the steering lock cylinder
turns from ACC to LOCK when the selector lever is in
other than the P position, the steering lock solenoid,
selector lever assembly, wiring harness, or connector
may have a problem.
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ACC1 line between
selector lever assembly connector and
ETACS-ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Steering lock solenoid malfunction
• Selector lever assembly malfunction
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system service data
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position, and
check the ETACS-ECU service data.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 288
ACC switch
ON
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for
item.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 1 "The ignition switch
(ACC) signal is not received" P.54A-312.
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at selector lever
assembly connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "ACC" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the selector lever
assembly connector (power supply terminal) and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 4. Resistance measurement at selector
lever assembly connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the selector
lever assembly connector (earth terminal) and
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in earth line
between selector lever assembly connector and
body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Steering lock solenoid check
Refer to GROUP 37 − Steering column shaft assembly .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the steering lock solenoid.
STEP 7. Resistance measurement at steering
lock solenoid connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-18
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
(2) Measure the resistance between the steering
lock solenoid connector (earth terminal) and body
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
STEP 10. Retest the system
Check that the ignition switch can be turned to the
LOCK (OFF) position when the selector lever is in
the P position. Or, check that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK (OFF) position when the
selector lever is in other than the P position.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 8. Check of open circuit in earth line
between steering lock solenoid connector and
body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the selector lever assembly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
IGNITION SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541200300872
STEP 9. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in signal line between
selector lever assembly connector and steering
lock solenoid connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Pre-removal Operation
• Wiper/Washer Switch Removal (Refer to P.54A-204).
Post-installation Operation
• Wiper/Washer Switch Installation (Refer to P.54A-204).
2
4
3
1
ACB05510AB
1.
2.
Removal Steps
Ignition switch
Steering lock solenoid
<<A>>
3.
4.
Removal Steps (Continued)
Steering lock cylinder
Key reminder switch and key ring
antenna assembly
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
NOTE: Other than the single unit supplying of key
reminder switch and key ring antenna assembly as
well as of ignition switch, they are also supplied as
the mechanical steering lock assembly (mechanical
steering lock, steering lock bracket, steering lock
bolt, key reminder switch and key ring antenna
assembly, and ignition switch are supplied as a set).
For how to remove the mechanical steering lock,
steering lock bracket, and steering lock bolt, refer to
GROUP 37 − Steering Shaft Disassembly and Reassembly .
54A-19
Part B
AC905066AB
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> STEERING LOCK CYLINDER
REMOVAL
1. Insert the key into the steering lock cylinder, and
turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.
AC905221
3. Subsequently, using a flat-tipped precision
screwdriver or similar tool, press the step
generated at the part "B" toward the direction of
front passenger's seat. Then, pull out the ignition
key, and then remove the steering lock cylinder.
Part A
AC905067AB
IGNITION SWITCH CHECK
M1541200400307
Steering column
shaft
AC905241
AC905069 AB
2. Using a flat-tipped precision screwdriver or similar
tool, press the lock button located at the part "A"
shown in the figure.
With the ignition switch mounted to the vehicle, disconnect the ignition switch connection connector,
and then perform the continuity check in each ignition key position.
Ignition key Terminal number Normal
position
condition
LOCK
1 − 2, 1 − 4, 1 − 5, No continuity
1−6
ACC
1−6
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
ON
1−2−4−6
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-20
IGNITION SWITCH <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Ignition key Terminal number Normal
position
condition
START
1−2−5
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
KEY REMINDER SWITCH CHECK
With the key reminder switch mounted to the vehicle,
disconnect the key reminder switch connection connector, and then perform the continuity check.
Key status
Terminal
number
Normal
condition
Key removed
4−6
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Key inserted
4−6
No continuity
M1541200500315
Steering column
shaft
AC905068 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
54A-21
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless
operation system>
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541106600120
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code check
a. Vehicle
communicatio
n
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n)
d. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
short
e. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-22
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
communicatio
n interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III
USB cable
c. M.U.T.-III
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n)
d. M.U.T.-III
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n)
e. Measuring
adapter
harness
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use the M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect the M.U.T.-III main
harness B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
Diagnosis code check
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Wiring harness
set
a. Check
harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-23
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
M1541106700127
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of Troubleshooting .
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
M1541100500222
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points .
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points .
The freeze frame data can be checked by using
M.U.T.-III. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting and Inspection Service Points − Diagnosis Function .
When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
the ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data
before the determination of the diagnosis code and
the data when the diagnosis code is determined, and
then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
each data from M.U.T.-III, the troubleshooting can be
performed more efficiently. The displayed items are
as the table below.
Display item list
Item No.
Item name
Data item
Unit
1
Odometer
Total driving distance after the diagnosis
code is generated
km
2
Ignition cycle
Number of times the ignition switch is turned Number of
"ON" or "LOCK (OFF)" after the past failure counts is
transition.
displayed.
3
Elapsed time
Total elapsed time after a diagnosis code is min
generated
4
Accumulated minute
Cumulative time for current malfunction of
diagnosis code
min
CHART CLASSIFIED BY DIAGNOSIS
CODES
M1541100400247
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition switch
is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis
code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
Code No.
Diagnosis contents
Reference page
B1731
Engine ECU authentication timeout
P.54A-24
B1A24
Key ID not registered
P.54A-25
B1A25
Key ID unmatched
P.54A-25
B1A28
Engine−ECU authentication error
P.54A-26
B1A35
Transponder read error
P.54A-27
54A-24
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Code No.
Diagnosis contents
Reference page
B2352
Antenna fail
P.54A-28
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No.B1731 Engine ECU authentication timeout
CAUTION
• When the diagnosis code No. B1731 is set, be
sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
ETACS-ECU checks if the data from the engine-ECU
is received via the CAN bus line. When ETACS-ECU
cannot receive the engine-ECU data, it sets the diagnosis code No. B1731.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
ETACS-ECU determines that the abnormality is
present, if it cannot receive the data from the
engine-ECU via the CAN bus line when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Malfunction of Engine-ECU
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check whether an engine-related diagnosis code is
set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Perform troubleshooting for the engine
(Refer to GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code No.U0100 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set to ETACS-ECU.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
NO : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set to ETACS-ECU.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU and register the
chassis number and key codes [Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Perform Chassis
Number (Chassis No.) Writing ].
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
54A-25
Code No.B1A24 Key ID not registered
CAUTION
• When the diagnosis code No. B1A24 is set, be
sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B1A24
when the key ID was not registered in it.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
ETACS-ECU determines that the abnormality is
present, if the ignition key's key ID is not registered in
ETACS-ECU when the ignition switch is turned ON.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Key ID not registered
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. Register the key ID and recheck the
diagnosis code.
Register the key ID of the ignition key by which the
diagnosis code is set (Refer to P.54A-33), and
recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Insert the ignition key into ignition switch.
Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch,
and then insert the key again. Turn the ignition
switch to the ON position within 2 to 3 seconds.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.B1A25 Key ID unmatched
CAUTION
• When the diagnosis code No. B1A25 is set, be
sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
• Key is registered to another vehicle
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B1A25
when the received key ID is different from the one
registered in it.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
ETACS-ECU determines that the abnormality is
present, if the key ID for the ignition key does not
match the one registered in ETACS-ECU when the
ignition switch is turned ON.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of the ignition key
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
Accessory key not registered
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. Register the key ID and recheck the
diagnosis code.
Register the key ID of the ignition key by which the
diagnosis code is set (Refer to P.54A-33), and
recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Insert the ignition key into ignition switch.
Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch,
and then insert the key again. Turn the ignition
switch to the ON position within 2 to 3 seconds.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
54A-26
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch,
and then insert the key again. Turn the ignition
switch to the ON position within 2 to 3 seconds.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
STEP 3. Replace the ignition key with another
registered key for the vehicle, and recheck the
diagnosis code.
Replace the ignition key by which the diagnosis code
is set with another ignition key nearby, and recheck if
the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Insert the ignition key into ignition switch.
Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch,
and then insert the key again. Turn the ignition
switch to the ON position within 2 to 3 seconds.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Go to Step 5
STEP 4. Register the key ID and recheck the
diagnosis code.
Register the key ID of the ignition key by which the
diagnosis code is set in Step 3 (refer to P.54A-33),
and recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Insert the ignition key into ignition switch.
STEP 5. Replace the ignition key with a new one,
and recheck the diagnosis code.
Replace the ignition key by which the diagnosis code
is set with a new one, register the key ID of the new
key, (refer to P.54A-33), and recheck if the diagnosis
code is set.
(1) Insert the ignition key into ignition switch.
Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch,
and then insert the key again. Turn the ignition
switch to the ON position within 2 to 3 seconds.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.B1A28 Engine−ECU authentication error
CAUTION
• When the diagnosis code No. B1A28 is set, be
sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B1A28 when
the ETACS-ECU's key certification result and the
engine-ECU's starting condition do not match.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
ETACS-ECU determines that the abnormality is
present, if the key certification result OK but
engine-ECU prohibits engine start by immobilizer
function or key certification result NG but engine permits engine starts.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check whether an engine-related diagnosis code is
set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Perform troubleshooting for the engine
(Refer to GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
Engine-ECU malfunction
Chassis number registered in engine-ECU
unmatched
STEP 3. Diagnosis code check
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B1761 or B2206 set?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
54A-27
YES : Proceed to diagnosis code No. B1761 (
YES : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
Chassis No. not programmed) or diagnosis
code No. B2206 (Chassis No. mismatch)
(Refer to P.54A-283 <B1761>, P.54A-286
<B2206>).
NO : Go to Step 4.
codes (Refer to P.54A-33). Then go to Step
5.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Once key is removed from the ignition cylinder
and then turn the ignition switch from the LOCK
(OFF) position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU and register the
chassis number and key codes [Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Perform Chassis
Number (Chassis No.) Writing ].
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.B1A35 Transponder read error
CAUTION
• When the diagnosis code No. B1A35 is set, be
sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the ECU, always check that
the communication circuit is normal.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B1A35
when it cannot receive data from the transponder.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
ETACS-ECU determines that the abnormality is
present, if it cannot receive the key ID for the ignition
key when the ignition switch is turned ON.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of the ignition key
Malfunction of receiver antenna
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
Interference of the key ID
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. Check the ignition key inserted in the
key cylinder for interference.
Q: Are there other ignition keys or anything that
interferes with the communication (things that
generate radio waves such as magnets or
air-cleaning device that has a power plug) near the
ignition key inserted in the key cylinder?
YES : Move away or remove other ignition keys or
anything that interferes with the
communication, and go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 4. Replace the ignition key with another
registered key for the vehicle, and recheck the
diagnosis code.
Replace the ignition key by which the diagnosis code
is set with another ignition key nearby, and recheck if
the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
54A-28
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 5. Register the key ID and recheck the
diagnosis code.
Register the key ID of the ignition key by which the
diagnosis code is set in Step 4 (refer to P.54A-33),
and recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 7. Replace the receiver antenna, and
recheck the diagnosis code.
Replace the receiver antenna, register the key ID of
the new key (refer to P.54A-33), and recheck if the
diagnosis code is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
STEP 6. Replace the ignition key with a new one,
and recheck the diagnosis code.
Replace the ignition key by which the diagnosis code
is set with a new one, register the key ID of the new
key, (refer to P.54A-33), and recheck if the diagnosis
code is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.B2352 Antenna fail
CAUTION
When replacing the ECU, always check that the
communication circuit is normal.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B2352
when open or short circuit to the earth in the antenna
at the key reminder switch is detected.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
When during the transponder communication, the
antenna at the key reminder switch (immobilizer
antenna) malfunction is found, ETACS-ECU determines that the abnormality is present.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of key reminder switch (open circuit
of immobilizer antenna)
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors
• Malfunction of receiver antenna
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the ETACS-ECU service data.
• Turn the ignition switch to the OFF (key inserted)
position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 264
Handle lock switch
Key in
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to GROUP 54A − Inspection
Procedure 3: "Key reminder switch signal is
not received P.54A-314."
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the receiver
antenna connector (ANTP, ANTG line).
(1) Disconnect the connector and measure the
resistance at the wiring harness side.
(2) Insert the ignition key into ignition switch.
(3) Measure the resistance between the receiver
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-29
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
antenna connector (ANTP, ANTG line) and the
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace receiver antenna and turn the
ignition switch to the ON and OFF. Then go
to Step 5.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ANTP, ANTG line
between receiver antenna connector and key
reminder switch connector .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(2) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
Item No.
Check item
Check
Normal condition
condition
M1541104000122
1
Number of registered
IMMOB.key
−
Number of stored ignition keys (Number
of registered ignition keys that can start
the engine)
2
Memorized keyless keys
−
Number of stored transmitters (Number
of registered ignition keys that can
perform keyless entry function)
3
Received key data(ID)
−
Key ID for stored ignition key
4
Received key data(button)
−
Switch display of transmitter
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1541100300239
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition switch
is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis
code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Reference
procedure No. page
M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with ETACS-ECU.
1
P.54A-30
The ignition key cannot be registered using M.U.T.-III.
2
P.54A-30
Engine does not start.
3
P.54A-31
Check the power supply and earth circuit to the receiver antenna.
4
P.54A-32
54A-30
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with ETACS-ECU.
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the communication circuit is normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
STEP 2. Check the power supply circuit and the
earth circuit to ETACS-ECU.
Refer to Inspection Procedure "ETACS-ECU power
supply circuit" P.54A-311.
ETACS-ECU is communicating with M.U.T.-III via
CAN. Therefore, communication error of
ETACS-ECU is suspected.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the power supply circuit and the
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the power supply and the earth of
ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
earth circuit to ETACS-ECU.
STEP 3. Retest the system
Check if M.U.T.-III can communicate with
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 3.
Inspection Procedure 2: The ignition key cannot be registered using M.U.T.-III.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
If only some ignition keys cannot be registered, the
ignition key itself may be faulty. If no ignition key can
be registered, the key assembly may have already
been registered for another vehicle, or the receiver
antenna or ETACS-ECU may be faulty.
STEP 1. Check the ignition key inserted in the
key cylinder for interference.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the ignition key
Damaged wiring harness and connectors
Malfunction of receiver antenna
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
Ignition key registered for other vehicle
STEP 2. Retest the system
Check that the ignition key can be registered.
Q: Are there other ignition keys or anything that
interferes with the communication (things that
generate radio waves such as magnets and an
air-cleaning device that has a power plug) near the
ignition key inserted in the key cylinder?
YES : Move away or remove other ignition keys or
things that interfere with the communication
(things that generate radio waves such as
magnets and a air-cleaning device that has
a power plug) near the ignition key. Then,
go to step 2.
NO : Go to Step 3.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
STEP 3. Check which ignition key cannot be
registered.
Q: Can any one of the ignition keys be registered?
Only some keys : Replace the key that cannot be
registered and register the ID codes (Refer
to P.54A-33). After registering the ID codes,
go to Step 5.
All keys : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Retest the system
Check the M.U.T.-III screen when the key was not
able to be registered.
Q: Which error message did the M.U.T.-III display?
54A-31
Abnormality in key : Carry out diagnosis code No.
B1A25: Key ID unmatched and diagnosis
code No. B1A35: Transponder read error
(Refer to P.54A-25 <B1A25>, P.54A-27
<B1A35>). Then, go to Step 5.
ECU internal error : Replace ETACS-ECU and
register the ID codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
After registering the ID codes, go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the ignition key can be registered.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
Inspection Procedure 3: Engine does not start.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the fuel injection does not work, ETACS-ECU,
receiver antenna and the MPI system may have a
problem. This symptom is not considered abnormal
when the engine is started by an ignition key that has
not been registered.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check whether the MPI system-related diagnosis
code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting .
NO : Go to Step 4.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the MPI system
Malfunction of receiver antenna
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of the transponder
Chassis No. not programmed
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Battery voltage check
Measure the battery voltage when cranking.
OK: 8 V or more
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check whether the Immobilizer system-related diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to Diagnosis code chart P.54A-23.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check that the engine starts
Q: Does the engine start?
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Refer to GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting .
Then go to Step 6.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Check the battery (Refer to P.54A-10).
STEP 6. Check that the engine starts
Replace the receiver antenna.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Does the engine start?
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Replace ETACS-ECU and register the ID
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
codes (Refer to P.54A-33).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-32
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Inspection Procedure 4: Check the power supply and earth circuit to the receiver antenna.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector(s) wiring harness.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If receiver antenna does not work at all (keyless
entry or immobilizer cannot operate), the power supply or earth circuit system of receiver antenna may
be faulty.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the receiver
antenna connector (GND line).
(1) Disconnect the connector and measure the
resistance at the wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the receiver
antenna connector (GND line) and the body
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors
• Malfunction of receiver antenna
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Voltage measurement at the receiver
antenna connector (5V line).
(1) Disconnect the connector and measure the
resistance at the wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the voltage between the receiver
antenna connector (5V line) and the body earth.
OK: System voltage
STEP 4. Check of short to earth, and open circuit
in GND line between receiver antenna connector
and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Repair the connector(s) and wiring harness.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL
M1541104100215
STEP 2. Check of open circuit in 5V line between
receiver antenna connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINAL CHECK
Q: Is the check result normal?
ACC00129
Terminal Terminal Check item
number code
Check condition
Normal condition
−
−
1
−
−
2
ANTG
Immobilizer antenna output (-) When immobilizer
authentication*
5 Vp-p
3
−
−
−
−
4
5V
Power supply (5V)
Always
5V
5
SIGR
Keyless entry system signal
output
Always
0 to 5 V (pulse
signal)
6
PWRC
Receiver antenna (door entry) Ignition switch is OFF
power control
0 to 5 V (pulse
signal)
7
GND
Earth
Always
1 V or less
8 to 13
−
−
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Terminal Terminal Check item
number code
Check condition
54A-33
Normal condition
14
ANTP
Immobilizer antenna output (+) When immobilizer
authentication*
70 Vp-p
15
−
−
−
16
SIGI
Immobilizer signal input/output When immobilizer
authentication*
0 to 5 V (pulse
signal)
17
−
−
−
−
18
WCLK
Immobilizer CLOCK input
When immobilizer
authentication*
0 to 5 V (pulse
signal)
19 to 24
−
−
−
−
−
NOTE: *: When insert ignition key to ignition switch or turn ignition switch from ACC to ON.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
HOW TO REGISTER KEY ID
M1541104300521
For the details of key registration procedure, refer to the ID registration procedure manual.
KEY SUPPLY UNIT
Ignition key (with transmitter)
AC502118
KEY SUPPLY UNIT LIST FOR OTHER THAN INDIVIDUAL KEY
Full service key set <vehicles with keyless entry Steering lock service key set <vehicles with
system>
keyless entry system>
ACA00906
AC808657
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-34
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM <Vehicles without keyless operation system>
Door service key set
NOTE: It is the key that comes with the door
service key set and the tailgate service key set. It
can only be used for locking and unlocking, and
it cannot start the engine.
AC608188
RECEIVER ANTENNA
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541107500018
CAUTION
When receiver antenna has been replaced, turn the ignition switch to ON and OFF once.
1
ACB05639AB
Removal steps
Upper glove box assembly (Refer
to GROUP 52A − Instrument panel
assembly .)
1. Receiver antenna
•
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-35
COMBINATION METER
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1540200200805
Item
Standard value
Speedometer indication range km/h
Tachometer indicating tolerance r/min
at 20 km/h
20.25 − 22.25
at 40 km/h
40.5 − 44.5
at 80 km/h
81.5 − 86.5
at 120 km/h
122.5 − 128.5
at 160 km/h
162.5 − 169.5
at 200 km/h
202.5 − 210.5
at 240 km/h
242.5 − 251.5
Engine speed at 600 r/min
± 100
Engine speed at 3,000 r/min ± 100
Engine speed at 5,000 r/min ± 100
Engine speed at 6,000 r/min ± 100
2WD Nominal resistance of the fuel gauge unit Ω
Fuel gauge unit float height mm
4WD Nominal resistance of the fuel gauge unit Ω Main
Sub
Fuel gauge unit float height mm
Main
Sub
Stopper position "F"
13.0 ± 1.0
Stopper position "E"
120.0 ± 1.0
Stopper position "F"
201.6
Stopper position "E"
18.0
Stopper position "F"
6.5 ± 1.0
Stopper position "E"
44.7 ± 1.0
Stopper position "F"
6.5 ± 1.0
Stopper position "E"
75.3 ± 1.0
Stopper position "F"
166.2
Stopper position "E"
38.8
Stopper position "F"
48.8 ± 3.0
Stopper position "E"
238.0 ± 3.0
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-36
COMBINATION METER
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540200300437
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness A (for
vehicles with CAN
communication)
c. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
communication)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
Combination meter (incorporating
the meter-ECU) check (Diagnosis
code, service data, actuator test)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-37
COMBINATION METER
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communication
Interface (V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
Combination meter (incorporating
the meter-ECU) check (Diagnosis
code, service data, actuator test)
MB991499
Measurement probe
Measurements of voltage and
resistance value
NOTE: M.U.T.-II attached probe
(Commercial probes can also be
used.)
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
MB991499
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-38
COMBINATION METER
Tool
a
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB990784
Ornament remover
Removal of combination meter
bezel
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006
MB990784
TROUBLESHOOTING
CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540203800118
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1540200500271
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
The freeze frame data can be checked by using the
M.U.T.-III.
When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
the ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data
before the determination of the diagnosis code and
the data when the diagnosis code is determined, and
then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
each data from M.U.T.-III, the troubleshooting can be
performed more efficiently. The displayed items are
as the table below.
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
Display item list
Item No.
Item name
Data item
Unit
1
Odometer
Total driving distance after the diagnosis code is
generated
km
2
Ignition cycle
Number of times the ignition switch is turned "OFF
(LOCK or ACC)" after the past failure transition
Number of
counts.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-39
COMBINATION METER
Item No.
Item name
Data item
4
Accumulative minute Accumulative time for current malfunction of
diagnosis code
Unit
min
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
M1540200600687
CAUTION
• During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
• If the combination meter needs to be replaced as a result of troubleshooting, the current driving
distance and elapsed days must be entered into the meter after the replacement in order to be
used for service reminder function. Therefore, read "Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated
days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and "Current
schedule" from the meter before the replacement using the special function of M.U.T.-III, and note
them. For the operation method of M.U.T.-III, refer to P.54A-76. If "Integrated mileage for reminder"
or "Integrated days for reminder" cannot be read from the meter using M.U.T.-III, use the following
method.
a. As for the driving distance for check warning, use the driving distance displayed on the multi
information display.
b. As for the elapsed days for check warning, calculate the number of elapsed days from the
delivery date to the customer (service reminder function start date) and current date.
Diagnosis code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B1200
Odometer failure
P.54A-40
B1201
Fuel information problem
P.54A-40
B1209
Test mode
P.54A-41
B2463
Rheostat switch sticking
P.54A-41
B2464
Meter information SW sticking <High contrast meter> P.54A-42
U0100
Engine CAN timeout
P.54A-42
U0141
ETACS CAN timeout
P.54A-43
U0164
A/C CAN timeout/Not equipped
P.54A-44
U0168
WCM/KOS CAN timeout
P.54A-45
U0184
AUDIO CAN timeout
P.54A-46
U0230
Power Gate CAN timeout
P.54A-47
U0245
AND CAN timeout
P.54A-48
U1000
OSS CAN timeout
P.54A-49
U1005
Corner/Back SNS.ECU CAN timeout
P.54A-51
U1190
No receive fault detect signal
P.54A-52
U1195
Coding not completed
P.54A-52
54A-40
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No.B1200 Odometer failure
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
PROBABLE CAUSES
If the odometer information, which is stored in the
combination meter, is abnormal with the ignition
switch at the ON position and the diagnosis code No.
U1190 is not stored, the diagnosis code No. B1200 is
stored.
Malfunction of combination meter
Code No.B1201: Fuel information problem
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
With the ignition switch at the ON position and the
diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored, if the combination meter detects the abnormal resistance of fuel
level sensor circuit for 64 seconds continuously, the
diagnosis code No. B1201 is stored.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Malfunction of fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
Malfunction of fuel gauge unit (sub) <4WD>
Malfunction of combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check of fuel pump and gauge unit
(main) circuit
(1) Disconnect the fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
connector.
(2) Use the special tool Check harness (MB991219)
to connect a test lamp (12 V - 3.4 W) between the
wiring harness connector terminals.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(4) Check if the test lamp illuminates.
OK: Illuminates
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Fuel pump and gauge unit (main) and
fuel gauge unit (sub) check
Check the fuel pump and gauge unit (main) and fuel
gauge unit (sub). Refer to P.54A-74.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the fuel pump and gauge unit
(main) and fuel gauge unit (sub).
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the fuel
pump and gauge unit (main) connector
(1) Disconnect the fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
connector, the measure at the harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the fuel pump
and gauge unit (main) connector (earth terminal)
and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in body earth line
between fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
connector and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness,
and then go to Step 7.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in F/G line between
combination meter connector and fuel pump and
gauge unit (main) connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness,
and then go to Step 7.
STEP 6. M.U.T.-III actuator test
• Item 03: Fuel gauge (target value): 0 →100%
OK: The fuel gauge operates.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the combination meter.
54A-41
STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.B1209 Test mode
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
PROBABLE CAUSES
When the mode is changed to the meter test mode
(supplier mode) with the ignition switch at the ON
position and the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not
stored, the combination meter stores the diagnosis
code No. B1209.
Malfunction of combination meter
Code No.B2463 Rheostat switch sticking
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
If the combination meter detects the meter information switch <Standard meter> or rheostat illumination
switch <High contrast meter> pressed state for 60
seconds or more continuously with the ignition switch
at the ON position and the diagnosis code No. U1190
is not stored, the diagnosis code No. B2463 is
stored.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of meter information switch <Standard meter> or rheostat illumination switch <High
contrast meter>
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Switch check
Check whether the meter information switch <Standard meter> or the rheostat illumination switch <High
contrast meter> on the combination meter is stuck
too hard to turn on.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter, and then
go to Step 3.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
54A-42
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
Code No.B2464 Meter information SW sticking <High contrast meter>
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
If the combination meter detects the meter information switch pressed state for 60 seconds or more
continuously with the ignition switch at the ON position and the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored,
the diagnosis code No. B2464 is stored.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of meter information switch
• Malfunction of combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Meter information switch check
Check the meter information switch. Refer to
P.54A-83.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the meter information switch.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the meter
information switch connector
(1) Disconnect the meter information switch
connector, the measure at the harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the meter
information switch connector (earth terminal) and
the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in body earth line
between meter information switch connector and
body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in MODE line
between combination meter connector and meter
information switch connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.U0100 Engine CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0100 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
The combination meter sets diagnosis code
No.U0100 when it cannot receive signals from the
engine-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored, if the communication with engine-ECU cannot be established for 5000
ms or more, the combination meter determines that a
problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of engine-ECU
• Malfunction of combination meter
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the combination meter and the
engine-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
13A − Diagnosis Code Chart .)
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0100 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
54A-43
STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the combination meter and the
engine-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Code No.U0141 ETACS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received,
the combination meter sets the diagnosis code No.
U0141.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored and the diagnosis
code No. U1195 is not stored, if the communication
with ETACS-ECU cannot be established for 2500 ms
or more, the combination meter determines that a
problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of the combination meter
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
54A-44
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Repair the CAN
bus line and go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter and then go to
Step 5.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set.
engine-ECU
• Code No.U0141: ETACS CAN timeout
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the ETACS-ECU
and the combination meter (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace ETACS-ECU and then go to Step
5.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the ETACS-ECU
and the combination meter (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
Code No.U0164 A/C CAN timeout/Not equipped
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the
combination meter sets the diagnosis code No.
U0164.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored and the diagnosis
code No. U1195 is not stored, if the communication
with A/C-ECU cannot be established for 2500 ms or
more, the combination meter determines that a problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
• Malfunction of combination meter
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Repair the CAN
bus line and go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 55B − Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set.
ETACS-ECU
• Code No. U0164: A/C CAN timeout/Not
equipped
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
54A-45
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace A/C-ECU and then go to Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the A/C-ECU and
the combination meter (Refer to GROUP 00
− How to use troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter and then go to
Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the A/C-ECU and
the combination meter (Refer to GROUP 00
− How to use troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points ).
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Code No.U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U0168 is set, be sure to
diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from KOS-ECU cannot be received, the
combination meter sets the diagnosis code No.
U0168.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored and the diagnosis
code No. U1195 is not stored, if the communication
with KOS-ECU cannot be established for 2500 ms or
more, the combination meter determines that a problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of the KOS-ECU
• Malfunction of combination meter
54A-46
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Repair the CAN
bus line and go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
KOS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the KOS. Refer to GROUP
42B − Diagnosis Code Chart .
NO : Go to Step 3.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace KOS-ECU and then go to Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the KOS-ECU and
the combination meter (Refer to GROUP 00
− How to use troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter and then go to
Step 6.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set.
ETACS-ECU
• Code No.U0168: WCM/KOS CAN timeout
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the KOS-ECU and
the combination meter (Refer to GROUP 00
− How to use troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points ).
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Code No.U0184 AUDIO CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0184 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the combination meter or
radio and CD player, ensure that the power
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from radio and CD player cannot be
received, the combination meter sets the diagnosis
code No. U0184.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored and the diagnosis
code No. U1195 is not stored, if the communication
with radio and CD player cannot be established for
2500 ms or more, the combination meter determines
that a problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of the radio and CD player
• Malfunction of the combination meter
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
54A-47
YES : Replace radio and CD player and then go to
Step 6.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Repair the CAN
bus line and go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the radio and CD
player
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player. Refer
to P.54A-220.
NO : Go to Step 3.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the radio and CD
player and the combination meter (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter and then go to
Step 6.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set.
ETACS-ECU
• Code No.U0184: AUDIO CAN timeout
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the radio and CD
player and the combination meter (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Code No.U0230 POWER GATE CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U230 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from electric tailgate control unit cannot
be received, the combination meter sets the diagnosis code No. U0230.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored and the diagnosis
code No. U1195 is not stored, if the communication
with electric tailgate control unit cannot be established for 2500 ms or more, the combination meter
determines that a problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of the can electric tailgate control unit
54A-48
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
• Malfunction of the combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Repair the CAN
bus line and go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the electric tailgate
control unit.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the electric tailgate control
unit. Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 3.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace electric tailgate control unit and
then go to Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the electric tailgate
control unit and the combination meter
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter and then go to
Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set.
ETACS-ECU
• Code No.U0230: Power Gate CAN timeout
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the electric tailgate
control unit and the combination meter
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Code No.U0245 AND CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0245 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the combination meter or
CAN box unit (MMCS), ensure that the power
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from CAN box unit (MMCS) cannot be
received, the combination meter sets the diagnosis
code No. U0245.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored and the diagnosis
code No. U1195 is not stored, if the communication
with CAN box unit (MMCS) cannot be established for
2500 ms or more, the combination meter determines
that a problem has occurred.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of the CAN box unit (MMCS)
• Malfunction of the combination meter
54A-49
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace CAN box unit (MMCS) and then go
to Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Repair the CAN
bus line and go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the CAN box unit
(MMCS).
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the CAN box unit (MMCS).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set.
ETACS-ECU
• Code No.U0245: AND CAN timeout
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the CAN box unit
(MMCS) and the combination meter (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter and then go to
Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the CAN box unit
(MMCS) and the combination meter (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to use
troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points ).
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Code No.U1000 OSS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U1000 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from OSS-ECU cannot be received, the
combination meter sets the diagnosis code No.
U1000.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch is at ON position, the diagnosis code No. U1190 is not stored and the diagnosis
code No. U1195 is not stored, if the communication
with OSS-ECU cannot be established for 2500 ms or
more, the combination meter determines that a problem has occurred.
54A-50
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of the OSS-ECU
• Malfunction of the combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Repair the CAN
bus line and go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the OSS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the OSS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 42B − Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set.
ETACS-ECU
• Code No.U1000: OSS CAN timeout
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace OSS-ECU and then go to Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the OSS-ECU and
the combination meter (Refer to GROUP 00
− How to use troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter and then go to
Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the OSS-ECU and
the combination meter (Refer to GROUP 00
− How to use troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points ).
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-51
Code No.U1005 Corner/Back SNS.ECU CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U1005 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
If signal from the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
cannot be received for 500 milliseconds or more, the
ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. U1005.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 5.
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check that the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU set a
diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU. (Refer to P.54A-179.)
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU. After replacing the ECU, carry
out the CAN bus diagnostics. Then go to
Step 4.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU and the
ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU. After replacing
the ECU, carry out the CAN bus
diagnostics. Then go to Step 5.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction is present in the
CAN bus lines between the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU and the
ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
54A-52
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Code No.U1190 No receive fault detect signal
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
ETACS-ECU sends the diagnosis code (U code)
detection permission or prohibition signal to each
ECU connected to the CAN bus line. If the combination meter cannot receive the diagnosis code (U
code) detection permission or prohibition signal for 5
seconds after turning the electric motor switch to ON
position, diagnosis code U1190 will be set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 3.
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition motor switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step
3.
NO : The procedure is complete.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition motor switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
Code No.U1195 Coding not completed
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U1195 is set, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
• Before replacing the combination meter,
ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth
circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the vehicle information data is not registered to the
combination meter, the combination meter sets the
diagnosis code No. U1195.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
With the global coding counter value "0," if all the global coding data (vehicle information) are not stored,
the combination meter determines that a problem
has occurred.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-53
COMBINATION METER
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1540200800830
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
CAUTION
• During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
• If the combination meter needs to be replaced as a result of troubleshooting, the current driving
distance and elapsed days must be entered into the meter after the replacement in order to be
used for service reminder function. Therefore, read "Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated
days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and "Current
schedule" from the meter before the replacement using the special function of M.U.T.-III, and note
them. For the operation method of M.U.T.-III, refer to P.54A-76. If "Integrated mileage for reminder"
or "Integrated days for reminder" cannot be read from the meter using M.U.T.-III, use the following
method.
a. As for the driving distance for check warning, use the driving distance displayed on the multi
information display.
b. As for the elapsed days for check warning, calculate the number of elapsed days from the
delivery date to the customer (service reminder function start date) and current date.
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Procedure
No.
Reference
page
Power supply circuit check
1
P.54A-54
The odometer and the trip meter are not displayed.
2
No needle meters work.
3
If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the indicator and warning
lamps do not illuminate normally.
4
The speedometer does not work (the other meters work).
5
P.54A-55
The tachometer does not work (the other meters work).
6
P.54A-56
Buzzers do not sound normally.
7
P.54A-57
54A-54
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Procedure
No.
Reference
page
Fuel gauge does not work (the other meters work)
8
P.54A-58
The combination meter lamp does not illuminate normally or the
multi-information display is not displayed normally.
9
P.54A-59
The multi-information display screen cannot be changed with the operation of
the meter information switch.
10
P.54A-60
Parking brake reminder buzzer does not sound.
11
P.54A-61
Brake warning lamp does not illuminate.
12
Seat belt reminder function does not work normally.
13
P.54A-61
The combination meter and instrument panel illumination does not illuminate
normally.
14
P.54A-63
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Power supply circuit check
Inspection Procedure 2: The odometer and the trip meter are not displayed.
Inspection Procedure 3: No needle meters work.
Inspection Procedure 4: If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the indicator and warning
lamps do not illuminate normally.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the odometer and trip meter is not displayed or no
needle meters work, power supply to the combination meter, or the combination meter itself may have
a problem.
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to .
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the combination
meter connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the voltage between the combination
meter connector (B+B terminal) and the body
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in B+B line
between the fusible link and combination meter
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the combination
meter connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the voltage between the combination
meter connector (IG1 terminal) and the body
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III other system service data
Check the input signal from the ignition switch (IG1)
in the ETACS-ECU.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 254
IG voltage
System voltage
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received." .
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in IG1 line between
the ignition switch (IG1) and combination meter
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-55
STEP 7. Resistance measurement at the
combination meter connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the combination
meter connector (GND terminal) and the body
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 8. Check of open circuit in GND line
between combination meter connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 9. Retest the system
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
Inspection Procedure 5: The speedometer does not work (the other meters work).
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If only the speedometer does not operate, the ABS
<vehicles with ABS> or ASC <vehicles with ASC>
system and combination meter may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of ABS-ECU <vehicles with ABS>
Malfunction of ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC>
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Malfunction of combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Complete the CAN
troubleshooting, and then go to Step 7.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54A-56
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-39. Complete the combination
meter troubleshooting, then go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ABS <vehicles
with ABS> or ASC <vehicles with ASC>.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above?
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the ASC-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ASC.
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting .
The diagnosis code is not set. : Go to Step 4.
STEP 5. Check the speedometer.
(1) Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector.
(2) Use the M.U.T.-III to enter simulated vehicle
speed.
• Item No.1: Speedometer (Refer to P.54A-64.)
OK: The speedometer shows that simulated vehicle speed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace combination meter, then go to Step
7.
STEP 6. M.U.T.-III Special Function
• Item 4: Pointer (Refer to P.54A-64).
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system data list
Check the vehicle speed signal data list of ABS
<vehicles with ABS> or ASC <vehicles with ASC>
system.
Item No.88: Vehicle speed (Refer to GROUP 35B,
Data list reference table or refer to GROUP 35C,
Data list reference table .)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Diagnose ABS <vehicles with ABS> or ASC
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The procedure is complete. (If no
<vehicles with ASC> system. (Refer to
GROUP 35B, Troubleshooting or refer to
GROUP 35B, Troubleshooting .) After
diagnosing the ABS <vehicles with ABS> or
ASC <vehicles with ASC> system.
to Step 7.
STEP 7. Retest the system.
Check that the speedometer works normally.
malfunctions are found in all steps, an
intermittent malfunction is suspected. Refer
to GROUP 00 / How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 1.
Inspection Procedure 6: The tachometer does not work (the other meters work).
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If only the tachometer does not operate, the ignition
signal from the engine-ECU may not be received or
the combination meter may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of engine-ECU
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-39. Complete the combination
meter troubleshooting, then go to Step 6.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Complete the CAN
troubleshooting, and then go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-57
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III special function
• Item 4: Pointer (Refer to P.54A-64).
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
13A − Troubleshooting ). Complete the
engine troubleshooting, and then go to Step
6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III actuator test
• Item 2: Tachometer (Refer to P.54A-64).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to Step 6.
to Step 6.
STEP 6. Retest the system
Check that the tachometer works normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The procedure is complete. (If no
malfunctions are found in all steps, an
intermittent malfunction is suspected. Refer
to GROUP 00 / How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 1.
Inspection Procedure 7: Buzzers do not sound normally.
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
Engine switch reminder buzzer (vehicles with
OSS)
• Engine switch ON signal
• Driver's door switch ON signal
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Keyless operation key reminder buzzer (vehicles
with KOS)
• Ignition switch OFF signal
• IG knob push switch ON signal
• Driver's door switch ON signal
When the following signals are received via the CAN
communication or signal line, the combination meter
sounds the incorporated buzzer according to the
each pattern.
Seat belt reminder function
• Ignition switch ON signal
• Driver’s seat belt switch signal
• Passenger’s seat belt switch signal
• Vehicles speed signal
Electric steering wheel lock malfunction warning
buzzer (vehicles with OSS)
• Ignition switch signal
• LIN bus line (local) for electrical steering lock
• Actuator driving permission monitoring signal
OSS-related malfunction warning buzzer (vehicles with OSS)
• Ignition switch signal
• When the following conditions are met, and 1
second or more has elapsed.
a. +B1 is detected to be ON and +B2 is detected
to be OFF.
b. When +B1 is OFF and +B2 is ON, OSS-ECU
detects that the IOD fuse is mounted.
Lamp reminder buzzer
• Ignition switch OFF signal
• Lighting switch ON signal
• Driver's door switch ON signal
Door-ajar warning buzzer
• Ignition switch ON signal
• Any door switch or tailgate switch ON signal
• Vehicles speed signal
Freeze warning buzzer
• Ignition switch ON signal
• Ambient temperature signal
Parking brake reminder buzzer
• Ignition switch ON signal
• Parking brake switch
• Vehicles speed signal
Multi information display interrupt display buzzer
• Display condition signal of information display
from each warning (When there is a fixed buzzer
sounding pattern for each warning, that pattern
has the priority.)
54A-58
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
Meter information switch or rheostat illumination
switch <High contrast meter> operation
buzzer
• ON signal for multi-information display switch
Turn-signal lamp buzzer
• Turn-signal lamp switch ON signal
A/T shift cancel buzzer/Paddle shift cancel prohibition buzzer, ETACS-ECU function customise
buzzer, A/C operation buzzer, audio operation
buzzer
• Sounding request signal from the CVT-ECU,
A/C-ECU, radio and CD player, Multivision display
If the buzzer does not sound normally, the connector(s) and wiring harness in the CAN bus lines, or the
CVT-ECU, A/C-ECU, radio and CD player, Multivision display or the combination meter may have a
problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of ECUs
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to P.54A-39.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU,
CVT-ECU, ABS-ECU, OSS-ECU, ETACS-ECU or
A/C-ECU or heater control unit.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above?
Set to the engine-ECU. : Troubleshoot the engine
(Refer to GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting ).
Set to the CVT-ECU. : Troubleshoot the CVT. Refer
to GROUP 23A − Diagnosis code chart .
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the OSS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the OSS.
Refer to GROUP 42B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the ETACS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ETACS.
Refer to P.54A-281.
Set to the A/C-ECU/Heater control unit. :
Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU/Heater control
unit. Refer to GROUP 55B −
Troubleshooting .
The diagnosis code is not set. : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check by M.U.T.-III "Special Function"
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the buzzer.
• Item 3: Buzzer(AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the combination meter.
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the buzzers sound normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
Inspection Procedure 8: Fuel gauge does not work (the other meters work).
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If only the fuel gauge does not operate, the fuel
pump and gauge unit (main), the fuel gauge unit
(sub) <4WD> or the combination meter may be
defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of fuel pump and gauge unit (main)
• Malfunction of the fuel gauge unit (sub) <4WD>
• Malfunction of combination meter
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the diagnosis code.
Check if diagnosis code No. B1201 is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. B1201 set?
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of when the
diagnosis code is set (Refer to P.54A-39).
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Fuel pump and gauge unit (main) and
fuel gauge unit (sub) <4WD> check
Check the fuel pump and gauge unit (main) and fuel
gauge unit (sub) <4WD>. Refer to P.54A-74.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the fuel pump and gauge unit
(main) and fuel gauge unit (sub) <4WD>.
54A-59
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
• Item 89: Fuel gauge (Refer to P.54A-64).
• Item 8A: Fuel gauge(Target) (Refer to P.54A-64).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to Step 5.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III actuator test
• Item 3: Fuel gauge (Refer to P.54A-64).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to Step 5
STEP 5. Retest the system.
Check that the fuel gauge works normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The procedure is complete.
NO : Replace the combination meter.
Inspection Procedure 9: The combination meter lamp does not illuminate normally or the
multi-information display is not displayed normally.
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the signal from each ECU is received via the
CAN communication, the combination meter illuminates the corresponding display lamp or warning
lamp, or has the multi-information display to display
corresponding information.
If the lamps do not illuminate or the multi-information
display does not display normally, the wiring harness
and connector(s) in the CAN bus lines, each ECU
(that sends a signal) or the combination meter may
have a problem.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to P.54A-39.
NO : Go to Step 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
engine-ECU, CVT-ECU, 4WD-ECU, ABS-ECU,
ASC-ECU, EPS-ECU, WCM, KOS-ECU, OSS-ECU,
SRS-ECU, ETACS-ECU and A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above?
54A-60
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
Set to the engine. : Troubleshoot the engine
control system. GROUP 13A − Diagnosis
Code Chart .
Set to the CVT-ECU. : Troubleshoot the CVT. Refer
to GROUP 23A − Diagnosis code chart .
Set to the 4WD-ECU. : Troubleshoot the 4WD.
Refer to GROUP 27C − Troubleshooting .
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the ASC-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ASC.
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting .
Set to the EPS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the EPS.
Refer to GROUP 37 − Troubleshooting .
Set to the WCM. : Troubleshoot the WCM. Refer to
GROUP 42A − Troubleshooting .
Set to the KOS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the KOS.
Refer to GROUP 42B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the OSS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the OSS.
Refer to GROUP 42B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the SRS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the SRS.
Refer to GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting.
Set to the ETACS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the
ETACS-ECU. Refer to P.54A-281.
Set to the A/C-ECU. : Troubleshoot the A/C. Refer
to GROUP 55 − Troubleshooting .
The diagnosis code is not set. : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III Special Function
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the liquid crystal display.
• Item 2: LCD(AUTO)
• Item 5: Illumination (AUTO)
• Item 6: Indicator (AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the combination meter.
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that display lamps or warning lamps are illuminated normally, or multi-information display is displayed normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
Inspection Procedure 10: The multi-information display screen cannot be changed with the operation
of the meter information switch.
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the signal from the meter information switch is
received, the combination meter switches the
multi-information display screen. If the multi-information display screen does not switch normally, the
meter information switch, wiring harness, connector(s), or combination meter may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of meter information switch
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the diagnosis code.
Check if diagnosis code No. B2463 <Standard
meter> or No. B2464 <High contrast meter> is set.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2463 <Standard meter> or
No. B2464 <High contrast meter> set?
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of when the
diagnosis code is set (Refer to P.54A-39).
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III special function
• Item 2: LCD (AUTO) (Refer to P.54A-64).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to Step 3.
STEP 3. Retest the system.
Check that the multi-information display screen
works normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The procedure is complete.
NO : Replace the combination meter.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-61
Inspection Procedure 11: Parking brake reminder buzzer does not sound.
Inspection Procedure 12: Brake warning lamp does not illuminate.
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the parking reminder buzzer does not sound or the
brake warning lamp does not come on at a speed
above 8 km/h with the parking brake switch ON, the
parking brake switch input circuit, the vehicle speed
signal circuit, the combination meter, the wiring harness or its connector may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of vehicle speed signal circuit
Malfunction of parking brake switch
Malfunction of combination meter
Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
TEP 1. Check the speedometer.
Check that the speedometer in the combination
meter operates normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-55.
STEP 2. Check the parking brake switch.
Refer to GROUP 36 − On-vehicle Service, Parking
Brake Switch Check .
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the parking brake switch.
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in BRK line between
combination meter connector and parking brake
switch connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III Special Function
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the liquid crystal display.
• Item 3: Buzzer (AUTO)
• Item 6: Indicator (AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the combination meter.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
The parking brake reminder buzzer function should
work normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 13: Seat belt reminder function does not work normally.
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the seat belt reminder function does not work normally, the seat belt switch input circuit, the combination meter or hazard indicator assembly may be
defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the seat belt switch (driver’s side)
• Malfunction of the seat belt switch (passenger’s
side)
• Malfunction of the combination meter
• Malfunction of the hazard indicator assembly
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
54A-62
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the seat belt switch.
Refer to GROUP 52A − Front Seat Belt .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the seat belt
switch (driver’s side) connector, seat belt switch
(passenger’s side) connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the seat belt
switch (driver’s side) connector, seat belt switch
(passenger’s side) connector (earth terminals)
and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in BWLP line between
combination meter connector and hazard
indicator assembly connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Retest the system.
The seat belt reminder function should work normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES <The seat belt reminder function works
normally.> : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO <Buzzers do not sound.> : Replace the
combination meter.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in body earth line
between seat belt switch (driver’s side)
connector or seat belt switch (passenger’s side)
and the body earth.
NO <The indicator (driver’s side) does not
illuminate.> : Replace the combination meter.
NO <The indicator (passenger’s side) does not
illuminate.> : Replace the hazard indicator
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in SBDS or SBAS line
between combination meter connector and seat
belt switch (driver’s side) connector or seat belt
switch (passenger’s side) connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
assembly, and then go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Retest the system.
The seat belt reminder function should work normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-63
Inspection Procedure 14: The combination meter and instrument panel illumination does not
illuminate normally.
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth circuit, and communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The combination meter illumination will go on when
the ignition switch is turned ON, and dim by operating the meter information switch <Standard meter>
or rheostat illumination switch <High contrast
meter>. When the combination meter illumination
does not go on or dim normally, the following conditions may be present.
The combination meter is dimmed by operating
the switch.
• Defective illumination control circuit
• Malfunction of combination meter
After the A/C-ECU received signal from the combination meter, it has dimmed all the switch
indicators.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of heater controller assembly
(A/C-ECU)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the combination meter illumination does not
go on or dim normally, the illumination control circuit,
the combination meter or A/C-ECU is defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Defective illumination control circuit
Malfunction of combination meter
Malfunction of CAN bus line
Malfunction of heater controller assembly
(A/C-ECU)
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to P.54A-39.
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the A/C-ECU related diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the A/C or heater (GROUP
55, Auto A/C Diagnosis ).
NO : Go to Step 4
STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the
combination meter connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the combination
meter connector (GND1 terminal) and the body
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Go to Step 5
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in GND1 line
between combination meter connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Voltage measurement at the combination
meter connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the voltage between the combination
meter connector (IL+P terminal) and the body
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-64
COMBINATION METER
YES : Go to Step 9
NO : Go to Step 7
YES : Go to Step 10
NO : Replace the combination meter.
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in IL+P line
between the fusible link and combination meter
connector.
STEP 10. Retest the system.
The parking brake reminder buzzer function should
work normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
STEP 8. Check of open circuit in ILL+ or PWM
line between the combination meter connector
and meter information switch connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
SERVICE DATA
M1540201001120
The following items of the ECU input data can be
read using M.U.T.-III.
STEP 9. M.U.T.-III Special Function
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the liquid crystal display.
• Item 5: Illumination (AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
Item No. Check item
M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
89
Fuel gauge
Fuel gauge
Fuel gauge unit resistance value and M.U.T.-III
displayed value agree with each other. (Tolerance
is ±2 Ω)
8A
Fuel gauge(Target)
Fuel gauge(Target)
Fuel gauge and M.U.T.-III displayed values agree
with each other.
90
Odometer
Odometer
Odometer displayed value and M.U.T.-III displayed
value agree with each other.
94
Power source
voltage
Power source voltage Always
0 to 20 V
ACTUATOR TEST TABLE
M1540201101019
Item No.
Item name
Test item
Driven content
1
Speedometer
Pointer setting (−)
2
Tachometer
Pointer setting (r/min)
3
Fuel gauge
Status setting (ohm)
Value that is set
with M.U.T.-III is
shown on the
combination meter.
5
Meter illumination
Status setting (%)
*
NOTE: *: Depending on the main scale of the speedometer, the unit that can be tested changes. Unit is
displayed as "−" on the M.U.T.-III screen.
SPECIAL FUNCTION TABLE
M1540213300028
SEATBELT REMINDER
Item No.
Item name
Test content
5
Seatbelt reminder setting
Customising seatbelt reminder warning
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-65
TEST
Item No.
Item name
Test content
2
LCD (AUTO)
The multi information display screen changes by looping in the
following order.
<Standard meter>
1. All the segments are displayed.
2. Number 2 of the segments are displayed.
3. All the segments except some segments are displayed.
<High contrast meter>
1. The version information is displayed.
2. A white full screen is displayed.
3. A screen with Red, Green, Black and white gradation is
displayed.
4. A black full screen is displayed.
3
Buzzer (AUTO)
The buzzer sounds.
4
Pointer (AUTO)
Makes the speedometer and tachometer sweep from zero to full
scale.
5
Illumination (AUTO)
Makes the meter needles, the instrument face plate, the
variable-dimming LED indicator and the LCD screen back light
sweep 0% to 100% and vice versa.
6
Indicator (AUTO)
Toggles all of the LED indicators ON and OFF.
TURN-SIGNAL SOUND CUSTOMIZATION
Item No. Item name
Test content
1
Signal sound setting
Customising turn-signal sound
CHECK PROCEDURE FOR EACH MULTI
INFORMATION DISPLAY SCREEN <HIGH
CONTRAST METER>
M1540201901220
CAUTION
When there are TV towers, substations, or broadcasting stations which emit strong radio waves
in proximity, on rare occasions, a warning is displayed on the multi information screen for a few
seconds. This is caused by the reception of
strong radio waves, and there is no functional
problem.
WARNING SCREEN
When malfunctions occur to the vehicle, the following
warning screens are displayed. If these screens are
not displayed normally or if they continue to be displayed even after the factor is eliminated, take measures according to the action procedure.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-66
COMBINATION METER
Display content
Message
Factor
Action procedure
REMOVE KEY
Displayed with the
sounding of buzzer
when the driver's door is
opened with the ignition
switch in the LOCK
(OFF) position and the
key inserted in the
ignition switch key
cylinder.
If the ignition key reminder buzzer
does not sound, diagnose the
ignition key reminder buzzer.
Refer to P.54A-57.
TURN OFF
LIGHTS
Displayed with the
sounding of buzzer
when the driver's door is
opened with the ignition
switch at the LOCK
(OFF) or ACC position
and the lighting switch at
the tail or head position.
If the lighting monitor warning
buzzer is not being sounded,
perform the troubleshooting for
the lighting monitor warning
buzzer. Refer to P.54A-57.
KEY BATTERY
LOW
Displayed when the
keyless operation key
battery is running low.
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the KOS. Refer to GROUP 42B −
Diagnosis code chart .
KEY NOT
DETECTED
Displayed if carrying a
keyless operation key
with different ID code or
the keyless operation
key is outside the
operative range.
KEY STILL IN
VEHICLE
Displayed when the
keyless operation key
take-out monitoring
function or keyless
operation key
confinement prevention
function is in operation.
CHECK DOORS
Displayed when the
door ajar prevention
function is in operation.
AC809615
AC809612
AC809614
AC809615
AC809615
AC809615
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-67
COMBINATION METER
Display content
AC809615
Message
Factor
KEYLESS
OPERATION
SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is If the warning screen is not
a malfunction to KOS.
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the KOS. Refer to GROUP 42B −
Diagnosis code chart .
Displayed when the
keyless operation key
cannot be detected.
KEY NOT
DETECTED
INSERT KEY
INTO KEY SLOT
Action procedure
AC904250
REMOVE KEY
Displayed when the key
FROM KEY SLOT is not removed from the
key slot located in the
glove box.
AC904251
−
Displayed when the
lock/unlock switch of
front door outside
handle is pressed while
in the power mode other
than OFF.
−
Displayed when the
driver's door is open
while in the power mode
other than OFF.
IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when a
malfunction occurs to
the immobilizer system.
PUSH ENGINE
SWITCH WHILE
TURNING
STEERING
WHEEL
Displayed when the
steering lock is in
operation.
STEERING
LOCK SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when a
malfunction occurs to
the steering lock.
AC904252
AC904252
AC904253
AC904254
AC904255
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the OSS. Refer to GROUP 42B −
Diagnosis code chart .
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-68
COMBINATION METER
Display content
Message
Factor
Action procedure
SHIFT TO P
POSITION
Displayed when the
engine is stopped while
the selector lever is in
other than P position.
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the OSS. Refer to GROUP 42B −
Diagnosis code chart .
STEERING
WHEEL
UNLOCKED
Displayed when the
steering lock is not in
operation.
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when a
malfunction occurs to
the power supply
system.
PRESS BRAKE
PEDAL TO
START ENGINE
Displayed when the
engine switch is pressed
without the brake pedal
depressed at starting the
engine.
AC904256
AC904257
AC904260
AC904258
BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the
SERVICE
brake fluid amount is
REQUIRED
insufficient or a
malfunction occurs to
the brake device.
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed, check
the brake fluid or brake device.
Refer to GROUP 35A −
On-vehicle Service .
RELEASE
Displayed if vehicle is
PARKING BRAKE driven with the parking
brake engaged.
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed, check
the parking brake. Refer to
GROUP 36 − On-vehicle Service .
ABS SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when a
malfunction occurs to
the anti-skid braking
system (ABS).
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the ABS or ASC. Refer to GROUP
35B − Trouble Symptom Chart
<ABS> or GROUP 35C − Trouble
Symptom Chart <ASC>.
ENGINE
OVERHEATING
STOP SAFELY
Displayed when
overheated.
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the engine. Refer to GROUP 13A
− Trouble Symptom Chart .
AC809617
AC809617
AC809618
AC809619
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-69
COMBINATION METER
Display content
Message
Factor
Action procedure
TRANSMISSION
OVERHEATING
SLOW DOWN
Displayed when the
transmission oil
temperature becomes
high.
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed, check
the CVT diagnosis code. Refer to
GROUP 23A − Diagnosis Code
Chart .
TRANSMISSION
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is
a malfunction to the
CVT.
FASTEN SEAT
BELT
Displayed when the
ignition switch is turned
ON without the driver's
seat belt fastened.
FUEL SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is If the warning screen is not
a malfunction to the fuel displayed normally or if the screen
system.
continues to be displayed, check
the combination meter diagnosis
code. Refer to P.54A-59.
REFUEL
Displayed when the
If the warning screen is not
remaining fuel amount is displayed normally or if the screen
small.
continues to be displayed, refuel
immediately.
LOW OIL
PRESSURE
Displayed when there is
a malfunction to the
engine oil circulation
system.
CHARGING
SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is If the warning screen is not
a malfunction to the
displayed normally or if the screen
charging system.
continues to be displayed, check
the charging system. Refer to
GROUP 16 − On-vehicle service −
Output current test and
Regulated voltage test .
AC809620
AC809621
AC809622
ACC00473
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the seat belt reminder warning
lamp. Refer to P.54A-59.
AC809623
AC809624
AC809625
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed, check
the oil pressure. (Refer to GROUP
12 − On-vehicle Service .) Then if
the oil pressure is normal, perform
the troubleshooting for the engine.
(Refer to GROUP 13A − Trouble
symptom chart .)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-70
COMBINATION METER
Display content
Message
Factor
Action procedure
AIRBAG
SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is
a malfunction to the
SRS air bag or to the
pre-tensioner
mechanism.
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the SRS air bag/pre-tensioner
mechanism warning lamp. Refer
to GROUP 52B − Trouble
symptom chart .
ASC SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is If the warning screen is not
a malfunction to the
displayed normally or if the screen
ASC.
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the ASC. Refer to GROUP 35C −
Trouble symptom chart .
4WD SYSTEM
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is
a malfunction to the
electronically-controlled
4WD system.
AC809626
AC809630
AC809631
4WD SYSTEM
OVERHEATING
SLOW DOWN
If the warning screen is not
displayed normally or if the screen
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the electronically-controlled 4WD
system. Refer to GROUP 27C −
Displayed when there is Trouble symptom chart .
a malfunction to the
electronically-controlled
4WD differential
temperature is high.
AC809642
POSSIBLE ICY
ROADS
Displayed with the
sounding of buzzer
when the ambient
temperature is 3 °C or
less.
POWER
STEERING
SERVICE
REQUIRED
Displayed when there is If the warning screen is not
a malfunction to the
displayed normally or if the screen
EPS.
continues to be displayed,
perform the troubleshooting for
the EPS. Refer to GROUP 37 −
Trouble symptom chart .
AC809632
ACB05896
OTHER SCREENS
The screen displays the operation state of each system, periodic checkup timing, or timing for taking a
rest during driving. If the screen display differs from
the actual system operation state or if the screen is
not displayed at the set timing, take measures
according to the action procedure.
If the warning buzzer does not
sound when the combination
meter displays 3 °C, perform the
troubleshooting for the freeze
warning buzzer. Refer to
P.54A-57.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-71
COMBINATION METER
Display content
Message
Factor
Action procedure
a
4WD ECO
Displayed in accordance
with operation state of
the 4WD switch.
a. "4WD ECO" mode is
selected.
b. "4WD AUTO" mode
is selected.
c. "4WD LOCK" mode
is selected.
If the 4WD switch position and
screen do not agree with each
other, perform the troubleshooting
for the 4WD. Refer to GROUP
27C − Trouble symptom chart .
ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE
REQUIRED
Displayed when the set
period elapses.
−
REST
REMINDER
Displayed when the set
time elapses.
−
ECO
ACC00060
b
4WD AUTO
ACC00058
c
4WD LOCK
ACC00059
AC809637
AC809638
CHECK AT COMBINATION METER
TERMINALS
M1540201200671
ACB04735AC
Termin Terminal Check item
al No.
code
Check condition
Normal condition
1
B+B
ECU power supply (battery)
Always
System voltage
2
IG1
ECU power supply (Ignition
switch: IG1)
Ignition switch: ON
System voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
1 V or less
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-72
COMBINATION METER
Termin Terminal Check item
al No.
code
Check condition
Normal condition
3
Multi information display switch:
ON
1 V or less
Multi information display switch:
OFF
System voltage
Parking brake switch: ON
1 V or less
Parking brake switch: OFF
System voltage
4
5
MODE
BRK
SBDS
Multi information display
switch input
Parking brake switch input
Seat belt switch (driver’s side) Seat belt switch (driver’s side):
input
ON
1 V or less
Seat belt switch (driver’s side):
OFF
System voltage
6 to 12
−
−
−
−
13
GND
Earth (sensor)
Always
1 V or less
14
CANH
CAN-C-Mid_H
−
−
15
CANL
CAN-C-Mid_L
−
−
16
SBAS
Seat belt switch (passenger’s Seat belt switch (passenger’s
side) input
side): ON
1 V or less
Seat belt switch (passenger’s
side): OFF
System voltage
−
17
−
−
−
18
F/G
Input of fuel gauge
Fuel: FULL (Approximately 1 V at 13.5 V
system voltage)
Fuel: EMPTY (Approximately 8 V 13.5 V
at system voltage)
19
20
BWLP
SPEED
Seat belt reminder
(passenger’s side) indicator
lamp output
Seat belt switch (passenger’s
side): ON
1V or less
Seat belt switch (passenger’s
side): OFF
System voltage
Vehicle speed signal output
Vehicle speed: Approximately 40
km/h
Approximately
28Hz
Vehicle speed change
In accordance with
the vehicle speed,
a pulse is
generated.
21
GND1
Earth (ECU)
Always
1 V or less
22
PWM
Illumination (−) output
Always
1 V or less (day
time: at 100% of
duty value)
23
ILL+
Illumination (+) output
With lighting control
System voltage
24
IL+P
Illumination (power supply)
Always
System voltage
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-73
COMBINATION METER
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Tension bar
SPEEDOMETER CHECK
M1540201400891
CAUTION
• Be sure to set the rear wheels on the free
roller. (The vehicle may dash forward or the
drive train may be damaged). <4WD>
• If the speedometer is checked using the
speedometer tester, the diagnosis code may
be stored in the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
Therefore, after the check is finished, erase
the diagnosis code stored in the ABS-ECU or
ASC-ECU.
• Do not accelerate or decelerate suddenly during servicing work.
1. Check that the current tyre inflation pressures
meet the inflation pressure label.
2. Press the ASC OFF switch for 3 seconds or more
to stop the ASC operation <Vehicles with ASC>.
3. Set the vehicle on the speedometer tester.
•
<2WD>
Wheel chocks
AC802645 AB
Chock the rear wheels and apply the parking brake
<2WD>.
•
<4WD>
Free roller
AC802647 AB
Place the rear wheels on the free roller. <4WD>
Front
Anchor plate
AC001288AC
4. To prevent front wheel lateral runout or vehicle
sudden start, attach a chain or wire to the front
and rear towing hooks and fix the other end of the
chain or wire to the anchor plate.
5. Check that the speedometer allowance range is
within the standard value.
Standard value:
Standard
indicator km/h
Allowance range km/h
20
20.25 − 22.25
40
40.5 − 44.5
80
81.5 − 86.5
120
122.5 − 128.5
160
162.5 − 169.5
200
202.5 − 210.5
240
242.5 − 251.5
TACHOMETER CHECK
M1540201500542
When the actuator tests (item No. 2) are performed
using M.U.T.-III, check that the tachometer indication
tolerance is within the standard value.
Standard value:
Engine speed r/min
Tachometer indicating
tolerance r/min
600
± 100
3,000
± 100
5,000
± 100
6,000
± 100
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-74
COMBINATION METER
FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK
M1540201600903
<2WD>
NOMINAL RESISTANCE OF THE FUEL
GAUGE UNIT
1. Remove the fuel pump and gauge assembly
(Refer to GROUP 13B − On-vehicle Service, Fuel
Pump and Gauge Assembly Replacement ).
3. When the float is moved slowly between stopper
positions "F" and "E", ensure that the resistance is
smoothly changing.
FUEL GAUGE UNIT FLOAT HEIGHT
1. Remove the fuel pump and gauge assembly
(Refer to GROUP 13B − On-vehicle Service, Fuel
Pump and Gauge Assembly Replacement ).
F
Fuel gauge unit
A
Earth
B
E
ACC00437 AB
2. When float is moved to contact the float arm on
the stopper, ensure that stopper positions "F" and
"E" are within the standard value.
Standard value:
F
E
ACC00436 AB
2. When float of the fuel gauge unit is in stopper
positions "F" and "E", ensure that resistance
between the fuel gauge unit terminal and earth
terminal is within the standard value.
Standard value:
Float position
Gauge resistance value Ω
Stopper position "F" 13.0 ± 1.0
Stopper position "E" 120.0 ± 1.0
Float position
Float height mm
Stopper position "F"
(height A)
201.6
Stopper position "E"
(height B)
18.0
<4WD>
NOMINAL RESISTANCE OF THE FUEL
GAUGE UNIT
1. Remove the fuel pump and gauge assembly
(Refer to GROUP 13B − On-vehicle Service, Fuel
Pump and Gauge Assembly Replacement )
<Main>.
2. Remove the fuel gauge unit (Refer to GROUP
13B − On-vehicle Service, Fuel Gauge Unit
Replacement ) <Sub>.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-75
COMBINATION METER
<Main>
4. When the float is moved slowly between stopper
positions "F" and "E", ensure that the resistance is
smoothly changing.
<Sub>
Fuel gauge unit
Fuel gauge unit
Earth
Earth
FUEL GAUGE UNIT FLOAT HEIGHT
1. Remove the fuel pump and gauge assembly
(Refer to GROUP 13B − On-vehicle Service, Fuel
Pump and Gauge Assembly Replacement )
<Main>.
2. Remove the fuel gauge unit (Refer to GROUP
13B − On-vehicle Service, Fuel Gauge Unit
Replacement ) <Sub>.
<Main>
F
<Sub>
F
A
E
F
E
ACC00438 AB
3. When float of the fuel gauge unit is in stopper
positions "F" and "E", ensure that resistance
between the fuel gauge unit terminal and earth
terminal is within the standard value.
Standard value:
Float position
Gauge resistance value Ω
Main
Sub
Stopper position
"F"
6.5 ± 1.0
6.5 ± 1.0
Stopper position
"E"
44.7 ± 1.0
75.3 ± 1.0
F
B
A
B
E
E
ACC00439 AB
3. When float is moved to contact the float arm on
the stopper, ensure that stopper positions "F" and
"E" are within the standard value.
Standard value:
Float position
Float height mm
Main
Sub
Stopper position "F"
(height A)
166.2
48.8 ± 3.0
Stopper position "E"
(height B)
38.8
238.0 ± 3.0
54A-76
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE REMINDER FUNCTION SET
M1540208200724
HOW TO SET BY OPERATING M.U.T.-III
CAUTION
• If the combination meter needs to be
replaced, the current driving distance and
elapsed days must be entered into the meter
after the replacement in order to be used for
service reminder function. Therefore, read
"Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated
days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra
reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and
"Current schedule" from the meter before the
replacement using the special function of
M.U.T.-III, and note them. If "Integrated mileage for reminder" or "Integrated days for
reminder" cannot be read from the meter
using M.U.T.-III, use the following method.
a. As for the driving distance for check warning, use the driving distance displayed on
the odometer.
b. As for the elapsed days for check warning,
calculate the number of elapsed days from
the delivery date to the customer (service
reminder function start date) and current
date.
• After the service reminder function has
started, when the elapsed days for check
warning is reset for the vehicle whose battery
is removed for a long period (15 days or
more), calculate the elapsed days from the
delivery date to the customer (service
reminder function start date) and the current
date, and then input it.
Using M.U.T.-III, the following service reminder functions can be set. Before setting, check the current
status (schedule, elapsed distance and elapsed
days).
1. Extra reminder setting
2. Extra reminder cancel
3. Periodic reminder schedule set
4. Integrated value adjustment
5. Optional INT schedule setting
HOW TO OPERATE M.U.T.-III
CAUTION
Before setting the service reminder, if elapsed
days are not calculated, turn the ignition switch
to the OFF position. Then press the meter information switch. Then, press the meter information
switch for 1.2 second or more to make the service reminder indicator flash. While the service
reminder indicator is flashing, press the meter
information switch for 1.2 second or more to
start the measurement.
1. Connect M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector (16
pin).
2. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the PC and turn the
ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Select "Meter" on the "System Select" screen,
and press the "OK" button.
4. Select "Special Function" on the next screen.
5. Select "Service Reminder" on the "Special
function" screen.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 401430898
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Function List
No.
Name
3
Extra reminder setting
4
Extra reminder cancel
5
Periodic reminder schedule set
6
Integrated value adjustment
7
Optional INT schedule setting
Click the name of item to execute, and press
the OK button.
Data List
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
7
Current Schedule
EU 1
8
Integrated mileage
for reminder
26 km
AC602555AO
6. Select the function to be executed from "Function
List."
• 3 Extra reminder setting (Refer to P.54A-76.)
• 4 Extra reminder cancel (Refer to P.54A-77.)
• 5 Periodic reminder schedule set (Refer to
P.54A-77.)
• 6 Integrated value adjustment (Refer to
P.54A-78.)
• 7 Optional INT schedule setting (Refer to
P.54A-79.)
1. EXTRA REMINDER SETTING
In addition to the current warning period, the temporary service reminder warning period can be set.
NOTE: Prior to this Extra reminder setting, execute
the Extra reminder cancel and the Periodic reminder
schedule set (including the case that it is not necessary to change the schedule).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-77
COMBINATION METER
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Special Function
Service Reminder
Meter
Selected
3
Item
Data List
Extra reminder setting
Set value
Name
Value
Distance to
setting point
Months to
setting point
-Input the value-Input the value-
Selected
4
Item
Data List
Extra reminder cancel
No.
Name
Value
15000 km
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
12 month
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
3000 km
5
Months until Extra
reminder
2 month
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
2
Months until reminder
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
Input the value for the item that you want to
set up, and press the OK button.
Press the OK button to execute.
AC602556 CG
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "3 Extra
reminder setting."
NOTE: The screen indicates that the temporary
warning period (Nos. 4 and 5 in the data list) has
not been set.
AC602558CZ
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "4 Extra
reminder cancel."
NOTE: The screen indicates that "3000 km" and
"2 month" have been set to the temporary warning
period (Nos. 4 and 5 in the data list).
2. Press the "OK" button.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A5
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
3
Item
Extra reminder setting
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Set value
Name
Selected
4
Item
Value
Distance to
setting point
Months to
setting point
Data List
Extra reminder cancel
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
-Input the value-
7
8
9
4
5
6
2
2
1
Tab
Back
Space
3
0
Input the value for the item that you want to
set up, and press the OK button.
Clear
Range: 0-254, Unit: month,
Check the result.
AC602557 AU
2. Set the temporary warning period (distance or
month) of the "Set value."
NOTE: Either input of distance or month can execute the setting.
3. Press the "OK" button.
Data List
Extra reminder setting
3. The temporary warning period is cancelled.
NOTE: The screen indicates that the temporary
warning period (Nos. 4 and 5 in the data list) has
been cancelled.
3. PERIODIC REMINDER SCHEDULE SET
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
3
Item
AC602558DA
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
2 month
The service reminder schedule can be changed.
NOTE: In addition to the operation of M.U.T.-III, the
schedule can be changed by operating the meter
information switch on the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-80.
Check the result.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
AC602558CY
4. The temporary warning period is set.
NOTE: The screen indicates that "2 month" has
been added to the temporary warning period (No.
5 in the data list). (The distance of No. 4 in the
data list has not been set.)
2. EXTRA REMINDER CANCEL
The temporary service reminder warning period
which has been set can be cancelled.
Selected
5
Item
Periodic reminder
schedule set
Set value
Name
Value
Schedule Spec.
-Input the value-
Data List
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
7
Current Schedule
EU 1
Select the value and press the OK button.
AC602556 CC
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "5
Periodic reminder schedule set."
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-78
COMBINATION METER
NOTE: The screen indicates that the current
schedule (No. 7 in the data list) has been set to
"EU 1."
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
5
Item
Data List
Periodic reminder
schedule set
Set value
Name
Value
Schedule Spec.
EU 2
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
7
Current Schedule
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "6
Integrated value adjustment."
NOTE: The screen indicates that the current mileage and elapsed days (Nos. 8 and 9 in the data
list) are "26 km" and "0 day."
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A5
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
6
Item
Integrated value
adjustment
Set value
Name
Value
Running Distance
100
EU 1
Select the value and press the OK button.
AC602556 CD
7
8
9
4
5
6
Tab
1
2
3
Back
Space
30
Elapsed Days
0
Input the value to both items, and press the
OK button.
Clear
Range: 0-32767, Unit: day,
2. Set the schedule to be changed from "Set value."
3. Press the "OK" button.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
5
Item
Periodic reminder
schedule set
Data List
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
20000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
7
Current Schedule
EU 2
AC602557 AS
2. To "Set value," input the mileage and elapsed
days to be reset.
NOTE: Always input both the mileage and
elapsed days.
3. Press the "OK" button.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
6
Item
Check the result.
Integrated value
adjustment
AC602558 DB
4. The schedule is changed.
NOTE: The screen indicates that the current
schedule (No. 7 in the data list) has been changed
to "EU 2."
Check the result.
Data List
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
14900 km
2
Months until reminder
11 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
8
Integrated mileage for
reminder
100 km
9
Integrated days for
reminder
30 day
AC602558DC
4. INTEGRATED VALUE ADJUSTMENT
At the combination meter replacement or for the
vehicle with its battery being removed for a long
period (15 days or more), this adjustment is used to
reset the mileage and elapsed days for check warning.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
6
Item
Integrated value
adjustment
Set value
Name
Value
Running Distance
-Input the value-
Elapsed Days
-Input the value-
Input the value to both items, and press the
OK button.
Data List
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
8
Integrated mileage for
reminder
26 km
9
Integrated days for
reminder
0 day
AC602556 CE
4. The mileage and elapsed days are changed. The
combination meter automatically recalculates the
distance and days to the nearest next check from
the settings of mileage and elapsed days for
check warning, and then displays them in "Data
List."
NOTE: .
• The screen indicates that the current mileage
and elapsed days (Nos. 8 and 9 in the data
list) have been changed to "100 km" and "30
day."
• Set the elapsed days for check warning to "0
day" by the above resetting method, thereby
the timer is reset indirectly.
NOTE: After the Integrated value adjustment, execute the Extra reminder cancel and the Periodic
reminder schedule set (including the case that it is
not necessary to change the schedule).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-79
COMBINATION METER
5. OPTIONAL INT SCHEDULE SETTING
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A5
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
CAUTION
If the current schedule is set to the "Optional
INT" by executing "3. Periodic reminder schedule
set," the "set value" cannot be input. Therefore,
set it to the schedule other than the "Optional
INT" once, and then execute "5. Optional INT
schedule setting."
In addition to the existing schedule, the optional service reminder schedule can be set.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
7
Item
Optional INT schedule
setting
Set value
Name
Optional INT.
for mileage
Optional INT.
for month
Value
-Input the value-Input the value-
Input the value for the item that you want to
set up, and press the OK button.
Data List
No.
Name
Value
1
Mileage until reminder
15000 km
2
Months until reminder
12 month
8
Integrated mileage for
reminder
26 km
9
Integrated days for
reminder
0 day
12
Optional interval for
mileage
13
Optional interval for
month
Selected
7
Item
Optional INT schedule
setting
Set value
Name
Value
Optional INT.
for mileage
Optional INT.
for month
-Input the value-
7
8
9
4
5
6
Tab
3
Back
Space
2
2
1
0
Input the value for the item that you want to
set up, and press the OK button.
Clear
Range: 0-255, Unit: month,
AC602557 AT
2. Set the optional schedule (distance or month) of
the "Set value."
NOTE: Either input of distance or month can execute the setting.
3. Press the "OK" button.
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Meter
Special Function
Service Reminder
Selected
7
Item
Optional INT schedule
setting
AC602556 CF
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "7
Optional INT schedule setting."
NOTE: The screen indicates that the optional
schedule (Nos. 12 and 13 in the data list) has not
been set.
Check the result.
Please set up "Optional INT" in "Periodic
inspection schedule set" function.
When you start the service reminder at this
interval setting.
Data List
No.
Name
1
Mileage until reminder
Value
2
Months until reminder
2 month
8
Integrated mileage for
reminder
26 km
9
Integrated days for
reminder
0 day
12
Optional interval for
mileage
13
Optional interval for
month
2 month
AC604401AE
4. The optional schedule is set. The set schedule
becomes effective by executing "3. Periodic
reminder schedule set" and setting the schedule
to "Optional INT."
NOTE: The screen indicates that "2 month" has
been added to the optional schedule (No. 13 in
the data list). (The distance of No. 12 in the data
list has not been set.)
Relationship between the elapsed months and the elapsed days which are used by
the service reminder function
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
1
30 − 60
13
396 − 425
25
761 − 790
37
1 126 − 1 156
2
61 − 90
14
426 − 456
26
791 − 821
38
1 157 − 1 186
3
91 − 121
15
457 − 486
27
822 − 851
39
1 187 − 1 217
4
122 − 151
16
487 − 516
28
852 − 882
40
1 218 − 1 247
5
152 − 182
17
517 − 547
29
883 − 912
41
1 248 − 1 277
6
183 − 212
18
548 − 577
30
913 − 943
42
1 278 − 1 308
7
213 − 243
19
578 − 608
31
944 − 973
43
1 309 − 1 338
8
244 − 273
20
609 − 638
32
974 − 1 003
44
1 339 − 1 369
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-80
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
COMBINATION METER
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
Numb Number of days
er of
month
s
9
274 − 303
21
639 − 669
33
1 004 − 1 034
45
1 370 − 1 399
10
304 − 334
22
670 − 699
34
1 035 − 1 064
46
1 400 − 1 430
11
335 − 364
23
700 − 730
35
1 065 − 1 095
47
1 431 − 1 460
12
365 − 395
24
731 − 760
36
1 096 − 1 125
48
1 461 − 1 491
NOTE: .
• When the number of elapsed days is 0 to 29, the
number of elapsed months is 0.
• The combination meter performs calculation
using 365.25 days for one year and 30.4375 days
for one month.
HOW TO SET BY SPECIAL OPERATION
OF SWITCH
By operating the meter information switch of the
combination meter, the service reminder warning
cancellation and the schedule setting can be performed.
HOW TO CANCEL THE SERVICE
REMINDER WARNING
CAUTION
• Be careful not to execute the service reminder
warning cancellation by operating the switch
again after erasing the service reminder warning indicator which is currently output,
because the next warning period will be cancelled.
• If the next warning period is cancelled by mistake, the cancelled warning period can be
restored by setting a schedule different from
the current one once, and then returning it to
the previous schedule.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position.
2. By operating the meter information switch, the
warning period is displayed on the
multi-information display.
3. Press the meter information switch once for 1.2
seconds or longer.
4. The service reminder indicator flashes.
5. While the service reminder indicator flashes,
press the meter information switch once for less
than 1.2 seconds.
6. The service reminder indicator is turned ON, and
"CLEAR" is displayed on the odometer display for
3 seconds.
7. After "CLEAR" is displayed for 3 seconds, the
warning period to the next time is displayed.
HOW TO SET THE SCHEDULE
1. Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position.
2. By operating the meter information switch, the
warning period is displayed on the odometer.
3. Press the meter information switch once for 1.2
seconds or longer.
4. The service reminder indicator flashes.
5. While the service reminder indicator flashes,
press the meter information switch for 1.2
seconds or longer and 3 times consecutively.
6. The service reminder indicator is turned ON, and
the current schedule is displayed on the odometer
display.
7. While the current schedule is displayed, press the
meter information switch for less than 1.2 seconds
and 3 times consecutively.
8. The odometer display is shifted to the schedule
selection mode.
9. When the meter information switch is pressed for
less than 1.2 seconds, the schedule is shifted,
and when the switch is pressed for 1.2 seconds or
longer, the displayed schedule is set.
NOTE: For schedule, "JPN", "EU", "NAS",
"GCC/EXP", "MMAL" and "SEVERE" can also be
selected. However, the using shall be for "Normal"
only.
10.The schedule set in Step 9 is displayed for 3
seconds, and the warning period to the next time
is displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-81
Schedule table
Schedule
Contents of schedule
Normal
Elapsed time (month)
Every 12 elapsed months
Driving distance (miles)
Every 12,500 miles of driving distance
Driving distance (km)
Every 20,000 km of driving distance
HOW TO INACTIVATE THE SERVICE
REMINDER FUNCTION
By setting to "OFF Display" or "Function OFF" when
the schedule is set, the service reminder function can
be inactivated.
When "OFF Display" is selected
• Even if the service reminder screen is displayed
by operating the meter information switch, "OFF"
is displayed.
When "Function OFF" is selected
• Even when the check warning period is reached,
the service reminder display is not displayed.
• Even with the meter information switch operation,
the service reminder screen is not displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-82
COMBINATION METER
COMBINATION METER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540201700513
CAUTION
If the combination meter needs to be replaced, the current driving distance and elapsed days must be
entered into the meter after the replacement in order to be used for service reminder function. Therefore, read "Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra
reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and "Current schedule" from the meter before the replacement using the special function of M.U.T.-III, and note them. For the operation method of M.U.T.-III,
refer to On-vehicle service P.54A-76. If "Integrated mileage for reminder" or "Integrated days for
reminder" cannot be read from the meter using M.U.T.-III, use the following method.
• As for the driving distance for check warning, use the driving distance displayed on the multi
information display.
• As for the elapsed days for check warning, calculate the number of elapsed days from the delivery
date to the customer (service reminder function start date) and current date.
Pre-removal Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly and Side Air Outlet Panel Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel
Assembly ).
Section A – A
Section B – B
Instrument panel
3
Post-installation Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly and Side Air Outlet Panel Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel
Assembly ).
Instrument panel
1, 2
1
ACB05834
NOTE
: Clip positions
: Claw positions
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
B
B
A
1
A
2
ACB05515 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-83
HEADLAMP
1.
2.
3.
Removal steps
Combination meter bezel
Combination meter assembly
Clip
Pre-removal Operation
• Side Air Outlet Panel Assembly Removal (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
METER INFORMATION SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540213800012
Post-installation Operation
• Side Air Outlet Panel Assembly Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Meter information
switch
ACB05543AB
METER INFORMATION SWITCH CHECK
M1540202000238
Switch position
Terminal
number
Normal
condition
ON (switch pushed)
3−6
Continuity
exists (2 Ω
or less)
OFF (switch released)
No
continuity
ACB05544
HEADLAMP
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1540100200369
Item
Headlamp aiming
Low-beam
Headlamp luminous intensity measurement cd
(When a screen is set 25 m ahead of the vehicle)
Standard value
Limit
Vertical
direction
36 mm (0.69°)
below horizontal
(H)
±15 mm (±0.29°)
from the horizontal
cut-off line
Horizontal
direction
Elbow point
intersects the
vertical line (V)
± 26 mm (± 0.5°)
from the vertical
line (V)
−
30,000 cd or more
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-84
HEADLAMP
PRECAUTIONS ON HOW TO USE THE HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
Be careful with the following items as resin lenses
• Don't scratch the outer lens surface with a sharp
are used in the headlamp assembly.
edged special tool.
• Don't illuminate the headlamp for three minutes
• Use the specified genuine bulb.
or more when the headlamp is covered with
SPECIAL TOOLS
scratch protector.
M1540104400365
• Don't tape the outer lens.
Tool
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Diagnosis code, service data and
a. Vehicle
communicatio actuator test check.
n
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n)
d. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
short
e. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-85
HEADLAMP
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicati
on Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III
USB cable
c. M.U.T.-III
main harness
A (Vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
main harness
B (Vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness B
instead, the CAN communication
does not function correctly.
Diagnosis code, service data and
actuator test check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check
harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-86
HEADLAMP
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS <VEHICLES
WITH DISCHARGE HEADLAMP>
M1540100300292
Before checking the discharge headlamp related
parts, be sure to read the following warnings and precautions carefully, and then perform necessary operations.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
DANGER
• Do not touch the socket and the connec-
tor while the headlamps are on. High voltage is applied to the bulb socket and
connector during headlamp operation.
The operator may be burnt or dead due to
an electric shock by high voltage.
• Do not attempt to use a tester to check
them. If the bulb socket and connectors
should be inspected using a tester, the
operator may be burnt or dead due to an
electric shock by high voltage.
• Do not turn ON the headlamps while the
headlamp control unit or the bulb is
removed. If the headlamps are turned ON
with the headlamp control unit or bulb
removed, the operator may get burned by
the bulb of a high temperature. The operator may be burnt or dead due to an electric shock by high voltage.
• Before service work, turn the lighting
switch OFF and disconnect the battery
terminal and the controller connector in a
dry place. Do not touch the components
with wet hands. If you work on the components with wet hands or in wet conditions,
the operator may be burnt or dead due to
an electric shock by high voltage.
WARNING
Do not illuminate the bare headlamp bulb.
(Do not illuminate the headlamp using other
than the vehicle power supply.) If the headlamp bulb illuminates without fitting it in the
headlamp unit, it may burst due to rise in its
internal pressure.
CAUTION
When reusing the headlamp control unit with the
discharge headlamp damaged, observe the
inspection procedures for the related parts of the
discharge headlamp before determining the
reusability of the controller. If you fail to observe
"How to check discharge headlamp components," the vehicle may be damaged.
CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR DISCHARGE HEADLAMP RELATED PARTS
(INSPECTION PROCEDURE WHEN REUSING THE HEADLAMP CONTROL UNIT)
VISUAL CHECK OF HEADLAMP CON-
54A-87
TROL UNIT (CASE)
If any of the check items below are found, replace
the headlamp control unit.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-88
HEADLAMP
Items to be checked
Why the headlamp control unit should be
replaced
Obvious deformation (warping, twisting, dents, nicks, The printed circuit board or the element(s) may be
chipped edges) of headlamp control unit case
cracked
Damaged connector (chipped or cracked plastics, or The damaged part(s) may cause poor connection or
deformed terminal)
short circuit.
CHECK OF WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN
HEADLAMP CONTROL UNIT AND BULB
If any of the check items below are found, replace
the headlamp control unit.
DANGER
If the wiring harness between the headlamp
control unit and the bulb is damaged, always
replace it. Attempting to repair the wiring
harness may cause a melted harness wire, or
may result in a burn or death due to an electric shock by high voltage.
Items to be checked
Why the headlamp control unit should be
replaced
Wiring harness shield damaged
Abnormal noise may cause.
Damaged connector (chipped or cracked plastics, or The damaged part(s) may cause poor connection or
deformed terminal)
short circuit.
CHECK OF HEADLAMP CONTROL UNIT
OPERATION
If any of the abnormalities below are found, replace
the headlamp control unit.
NOTE: Ensure that the headlamp control system and
its circuit (power supply control at engine start and
during steady illumination, high-voltage generating
circuit, etc.) are working normally. Then, check
whether any internal breakage has occurred in the
headlamp control unit. However, some internal
breakage may not be found.
Check item (Check of illumination operation)
With the headlamp bulb in the cold state (with the lamp turned off for 10 minutes or more) and in warm state
(after the lamp is illuminated for 15 minutes or more, it is turned off for 1 minute), turn ON and OFF the
headlamp several times, and then check that the headlamp illuminates without fail.
Observe the headlamps until they illuminate steadily (approximately 5 minutes after switching on them).
Check that the headlamps do not flash or flicker.
Turn on the headlamps for 30 minutes. Check that the brightness is the same between right and left lamps.
Turn on the headlamps for 30 minutes. Check that the headlamps do not flash or flicker for 30 minutes.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FOR
DISCHARGE HEADLAMP (DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTIONS)
1. Check that the connectors are connected
securely and the fuse has not been blown.
2. Before troubleshooting, read through the
"Symptom chart" to understand what and how you
should do. Follow all the procedures carefully.
3. The components should be checked with their
connectors disconnected.
SYMPTOM CHART
Item to be checked
Fuse
Trouble symptom
The headlamps do not
illuminate.
The headlamps flicker.
The headlamps are dim.
1
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-89
HEADLAMP
Item to be checked
Trouble symptom
The headlamps do not
illuminate.
The headlamps flicker.
The headlamps are dim.
Wiring harness and
connector
2
1
−
Column switch
3
−
−
Bulb
4
2
1
Headlamp control unit
5
3
2
ETACS-ECU
6
4
−
NOTE: .
• The numbers indicate the sequence in which the
component is checked.
• For the troubleshooting of other than the above,
refer to Trouble Symptom Chart P.54A-96.
• If ETACS-ECU fails, only the low-beam headlamps will illuminate as a fail-safe measure.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
M1540104300335
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
M1540101400764
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540104200167
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
CAUTION
On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is turned ON while disconnecting connector(s), diagnosis
code(s) associated with other system may be set. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis
code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
ETACS-ECU
Diagnosis code No.
Diagnostic item
B16A2
Turn-signal (LH) bulb outage
B16A3
Turn-signal (LH) circuit short
B16A4
Turn-signal (RH) bulb outage
B16A5
Turn-signal (RH) circuit short
B16A6
Turn-signal fuse blown
LIN <VEHICLES WITH LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR>
Diagnosis code No.
Diagnostic item
L0432
RLS* RS adaptation error
L0434
RLS* Light sensor error
L0436
RLS* Rain sensor error
NOTE: *: Rain light sensor (Lighting control sensor)
Reference page
Reference page
54A-90
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No.B16A2 Turn-signal (LH) bulb outage
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the left bulb of turn-signal lamp is blown, the
ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A2.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A2
under the following conditions.
i. With the diagnosis code not set, if there is a malfunction to the left turn-signal lamp bulb, the
blown left bulb counter counts once when the illumination of hazard or turn-signal lamp (left side)
is attempted.
ii. If the blown left bulb counter reaches "3," diagnosis code No. B16A2 is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of turn-signal lamp bulb (left side)
• Malfunction of turn-signal lamp assembly (left
side) <Integrated in door mirror type>
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the
headlamp assembly (TURN: LH) connector, side
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector and rear
combination lamp (TURN: LH) connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector
terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the headlamp assembly (TURN: LH) connector (earth
terminal) and the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the side
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector (earth terminal) and the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the rear
combination lamp (TURN: LH) connector
(earth terminal) and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between headlamp assembly (TURN: LH)
connector, side turn-signal lamp (LH) connector
or rear combination lamp (TURN: LH) connector
and the body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in TL1&TL2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and headlamp
assembly (TURN: LH) connector
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check whether the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
does not illuminate is normal.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
does not illuminate.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in TL1&TL2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector <Fender panel
attachment type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in TL3-1&TL3-2
line between ETACS-ECU connector and rear
combination lamp (TURN: LH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in TL2-2 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector <Integrated in
door mirror type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-91
STEP 8. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Code No.B16A3 Turn-signal (LH) circuit short
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the left wiring harness of turn-signal lamp is
short circuited, the ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code
No. B16A3.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the diagnosis code not set, when the short circuit is detected three times consecutively, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 2. Check of short circuit in TL1&TL2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector <Fender panel
attachment type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 3. Check of short circuit in TL3-1&TL3-2
line between ETACS-ECU connector and rear
combination lamp (TURN: LH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of short circuit in TL2-2 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector <Integrated in
door mirror type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check of short circuit in TL1&TL2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and headlamp
assembly (TURN: LH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
54A-92
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Code No.B16A4 Turn-signal (RH) bulb outage
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the right bulb of turn-signal lamp is blown, the
ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A4.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A4
under the following conditions.
i. With the diagnosis code not set, if there is a malfunction to the right turn-signal lamp bulb, the
blown right bulb counter counts once when the
illumination of hazard or turn-signal lamp (right
side) is attempted.
ii. If the blown right bulb counter reaches "3," the
diagnosis code No. B16A4 is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of turn-signal lamp bulb (right side)
• Malfunction of turn-signal lamp assembly (right
side) <Integrated in door mirror type>
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
does not illuminate.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the
headlamp assembly (TURN: RH) connector, side
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector and rear
combination lamp (TURN: RH) connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector
terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the headlamp assembly (TURN: RH) connector (earth
terminal) and the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the side
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector (earth terminal) and the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the rear
combination lamp (TURN: RH) connector
(earth terminal) and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between headlamp assembly (TURN: RH)
connector, side turn-signal lamp (RH) connector
or rear combination lamp (TURN: RH) connector
and the body earth
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check whether the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
does not illuminate is normal.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in TR1&TR2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and headlamp
assembly (TURN: RH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in TR1&TR2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector <Fender panel
attachment type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in TR3 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and rear
combination lamp (TURN: RH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-93
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 8. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in TR2-2 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector <Integrated in
door mirror type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
Code No.B16A5 Turn-signal (RH) circuit short
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the right wiring harness of turn-signal lamp is
short circuited, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis
code No. B16A5.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check of short circuit in TR1&TR2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and headlamp
assembly (TURN: RH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 2. Check of short circuit in TR1&TR2-1 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector <Fender panel
attachment type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the diagnosis code not set, when the short circuit is detected three times consecutively, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A5.
STEP 3. Check of short circuit in TR3 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and rear
combination lamp (TURN: RH) connector
PROBABLE CAUSES
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
54A-94
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
STEP 4. Check of short circuit in TR2-2 line
between ETACS-ECU connector and side
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector <Integrated in
door mirror type>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Code No.B16A6 Turn-signal fuse blown
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the hazard warning lamp fuse is blown, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A6.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the diagnosis code not set, when the blown fuse
of hazard warning lamp is detected three times consecutively, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code
No. B16A3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Fuse check
Check if the turn-signal lamp fuse is normal.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the turn-signal lamp fuse.
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.L0432 RLS RS adaptation error
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the lighting control sensor is installed with the
wrong procedure, code No. L0432 is stored by LIN.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The lighting control sensor may have been installed
with the wrong procedure.
• Incorrect installation procedure: Connect the connector before mounting the lighting control sensor
onto the optical coupler of the windshield.
• Correct installation procedure: Mount the lighting
control sensor onto the optical coupler of the
windshield. Wipe the windshield surface thoroughly, and check that the surface is dry. Then,
connect the connector.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Lighting control sensor improperly installed
• Lighting control sensor (rain sensor) abnormal
operation
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Disconnect the connector from the lighting control
sensor, and connect the connector to the lighting
control sensor again. Then, check again if the diagnosis code is set to LIN.
(1) Disconnect the connector of lighting control
sensor, and connect it again.
NOTE: When connecting the connector, follow
the correct installation procedure.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : The lighting control sensor is installed with
the wrong procedure.
STEP 2. Lighting control sensor installation
surface check
Visually check the presence of scratches or air bubbles (diameter of 5 mm or more) on the windshield to
which the lighting control sensor is installed. In addition, visually check that the optical coupler is not broken and that the lighting control sensor can be
installed.
54A-95
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the windshield (Refer to GROUP
42A − Windshield )
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to LIN.
(1) Wipe the windshield surface of the lighting control
sensor section thoroughly, and check that the
surface is dry. Then, perform the lighting control
sensor (rain sensor) adaptation. <Refer to
GROUP 51 − Lighting Control Sensor (Rain
Sensor) Adaptation >.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the lighting control sensor.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal?
Code No.L0434 RLS light sensor error
Code No.L0436 RLS rain sensor error
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
PROBABLE CAUSE
If a trouble occurs in the lighting control sensor, code
Nos. L0434 and L0436 are stored to LIN.
Malfunction of the lighting control sensor
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-96
HEADLAMP
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1540102101178
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Procedure No.
Reference
page
None of the low-beam headlamps
illuminate.
1
P.54A-96
None of the high-beam headlamps
illuminate.
2
P.54A-97
The headlamps (low-beam) illuminate
regardless of the lighting switch positions.
(High-beam does not illuminate)
3
P.54A-98
The headlamps do not illuminate when the 4
passing switch is turned ON.
P.54A-99
One of the headlamp(s) does not
illuminate.
5
P.54A-100
The high-beam indicator lamp does not
illuminate.
6
P.54A-101
The headlamp automatic shutdown
function does not work normally.
7
P.54A-102
The auto lamp function does not work
normally.
8
P.54A-103
One of the position lamps, the licence plate 9
lamps or the tail lamps does not illuminate.
P.54A-104
None of the turn-signal lamps illuminate.
10
P.54A-105
The comfort flashing function does not
work normally.
11
P.54A-106
The turn-signal indicator lamps do not
illuminate.
12
P.54A-107
The welcome light function does not work normally.
13
P.54A-108
The coming home light function does not work normally.
14
P.54A-109
Headlamp and tail lamp
Turn-signal lamp
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: None of the low-beam headlamps illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If both headlamps (low-beam) do not illuminate normally, the headlamp switch input circuit, headlamp
relay (LO), or ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of column switch
Malfunction of headlamp relay (LO)
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signal related to the operation of headlamp function.
• Headlamp switch to ON.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 341
Head lamp switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
STEP 3. Headlamp relay (LO) check
Refer to P.54A-115.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the headlamp relay (LO).
54A-97
at the relay box side.
(2) Measure the voltage between headlamp relay
(LO) connector (power supply terminal) and the
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in HLO line
between ETACS-ECU connector and headlamp
relay (LO) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in power supply
line between fusible link and headlamp relay (LO)
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the headlamps (low-beam) illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the headlamp
relay (LO) connector
(1) Remove the headlamp relay (LO), and measure
Inspection Procedure 2: None of the high-beam headlamps illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If both headlamps (high-beam) do not illuminate normally, the headlamp switch input circuit, headlamp
relay (HI), or ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of column switch
Malfunction of headlamp relay (HI)
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-98
HEADLAMP
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signal related to the operation of headlamp function.
• Headlamp switch to ON.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 341
Head lamp switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
STEP 3. Headlamp relay (HI) check
Refer to P.54A-115.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the headlamp relay (HI).
the relay box side.
(2) Measure the voltage between headlamp relay
(HI) connector (power supply terminal) and the
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in HHI line
between ETACS-ECU connector and headlamp
relay (HI) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in power supply
line between fusible link and headlamp relay (HI)
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the headlamps (high-beam) illuminate
normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the headlamp
relay (HI) connector
(1) Remove the headlamp relay (HI), and measure at
Inspection Procedure 3: The headlamps (low-beam) illuminate regardless of the lighting switch
positions. (High-beam does not illuminate)
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the headlamps illuminate only at low-beam regardless of the lighting switch position, the headlamp
fail-safe function may be active.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of column switch
Malfunction of the lighting control sensor
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
54A-99
YES <Vehicles without lighting control sensor> :
Go to Step 5.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
YES <Vehicles with lighting control sensor> : Go
to Step 4.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the LIN.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to diagnosis code chart P.54A-89.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signals related to the operation of auto lamp function.
• Headlamp switch to ON.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 341
Head lamp switch ON
• Turn the lighting switch to the "AUTO" position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 348
Head lamp switch
(auto)
ON
STEP 4. Check that the auto lamp function.
Check that the auto lamp function normally (Refer to
P.54A-114).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 8 "The auto
lamp function does not work normally."
P.54A-103.
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the headlamps illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 4: The headlamps do not illuminate when the passing switch is turned ON.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If both headlamps (low-beam and high-beam) do not
illuminate, the passing switch input circuit or
ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the operation of the headlamps.
Check that the low-beam and high-beam headlamps
illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
54A-100
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "None of
the low-beam headlamps illuminate."
P.54A-96 and Inspection Procedure 2
"None of the high-beam headlamps
illuminate." P.54A-97.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
STEP 3. Retest the system
Check that the headlamps (low-beam and
high-beam) illuminates normally when turning ON
the passing switch.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
Inspection Procedure 5: One of the headlamp(s) does not illuminate.
CAUTION
If the discharge type headlamps do not illuminate, fully understand the precautions in "Service precautions for discharge headlamp" before
proceeding with the troubleshooting. Refer to
P.54A-86.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When one of the headlamps does not illuminate, the
wiring harness, connector(s), or the bulb may have a
problem, or the fuse may be burned out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the headlamp bulbs
• Malfunction of the headlamp assembly
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check the bulb(s) of headlamp that does not illuminate.
NOTE: If discharge-type low-beam headlamps do
not illuminate, their bulbs cannot be inspected. In this
case, assume the bulbs to be normal and proceed
with steps.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
not illuminate.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the
headlamp assembly (LH) or (RH) connector
(earth terminals).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector of
lamp which does not illuminate and the body
earth.
• Measure the resistance between the headlamp assembly (LH) or (RH) connector (earth
terminals) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth lines
between the headlamp assembly (LH) or (RH)
connector and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in power supply
lines between the headlamp assembly (LH) or
(RH) connector and headlamp relay (LO) or (HI)
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-101
YES : Replace the headlamp assembly that does
not illuminate.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
Inspection Procedure 6: The high-beam indicator lamp does not illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the high-beam indicator does not illuminate normally, the harness in the CAN bus lines, connector(s), ETACS-ECU, or combination meter may have
a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Headlamp (high-beam) check
Check that the headlamps (high-beam) illuminate/extinguish normally when the lighting switch is
operated.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 2 "None of
the high-beam headlamps illuminate."
P.54A-97.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system special function
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the high beam indicator. (Refer to
Combination Meter P.54A-64)
• Item 5: Illumination (AUTO)
• Item 6: Indicator (AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-53.
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the high beam indicator illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
54A-102
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
Inspection Procedure 7: The headlamp automatic shutdown function does not work normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
OPERATION
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accordance with the input signals from column switch (lighting switch), ignition switch (IG1), and driver's door
switch.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the headlamp automatic shutdown function does
not work normally, the above described input circuits
or ETACS-ECU may have a problem. Also, it may be
possible that the headlamp automatic shutdown
function is set to "Disable" through customisation.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of driver's door switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Customise function check
Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to check
that the "Head lamp auto cut customize" is set to
"Enable (B-spec.)"
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to
set the "Head lamp auto cut customize" to
"Enable (B-spec.)" (Refer to P.54A-114).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signals related to the operation of headlamp automatic
shutdown function.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
• Turn the lighting switch to the "TAIL" position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 254
IG voltage
1 V or less
Item 340
Head lamp switch
ON
(tail)
• Turn the lighting switch to the "HEAD" position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 341
Head lamp switch
• Open the driver's door.
ON
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 256
Dr door ajar switch
Open
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for all
the items.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :
Go to Step 4.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received" P.54A-313.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 340
or 341. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 256.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
switch (driver’s side) signal is not received"
P.54A-317.
STEP 4. Retest the system
Check that the headlamp automatic shutdown function works normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-103
HEADLAMP
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 8: The auto lamp function does not work normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
OPERATION
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accordance with the input signals from driving distance,
lighting control sensor, and column switch (auto lamp
switch). Also, when the column switch (lighting
switch) is in the "AUTO" position, and when an
abnormality is present to the auto lamp circuit, the
fail-safe function is activated and the low beam is
turned ON at all times regardless of the brightness
around the vehicle.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the LIN.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to diagnosis code chart P.54A-89.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
P.54A-281).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check that the headlamps operate.
Check that the headlamps (low-beam) illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "None of
the low-beam headlamps illuminate."
P.54A-96.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the auto lamp function does not work normally, the
above input signal circuit(s) or the ETACS-ECU may
have a problem.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signals related to the operation of auto lamp function.
• Turn the lighting switch to the "AUTO" position.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 348
Headlamp
switch (auto)
ON
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the lighting control sensor
Malfunction of the column switch
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
54A-104
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
STEP 6. Lighting control sensor check
Check the lighting control sensor. Refer to
P.54A-115.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the lighting control sensor.
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the auto lamp function works normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 9: One of the position lamps, the licence plate lamps or the tail lamps does not
illuminate.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If one of the position lamps, the licence plate lamps
or tail lamps does not illuminate normally, the harness, connector(s), or bulb(s) may have a problem,
or the fuse may be burned out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of bulbs
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illuminate.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
not illuminate.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the
headlamp assembly (position: LH) or (position:
RH) connector, rear combination lamp (tail: LH)
or (tail: RH) connector, licence plate lamp (LH) or
(RH) connector (earth terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector
terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the headlamp assembly (position: LH) or (position:
RH) connector (earth terminals) and body
earth.
• Measure the resistance between the rear
combination lamp (tail: LH) or (tail: RH) connector (earth terminals) and body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the licence
plate lamp (LH) or (RH) connector (earth terminals) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth lines
between the headlamp assembly (position: LH)
or (position: RH) connector, rear combination
lamp (tail: LH) or (tail: RH) connector, licence
plate lamp (LH) or (RH) connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in (TAL1, TAR1,
TAL2, TAR2) lines between the headlamp
assembly (position: LH) or (position: RH)
connector, rear combination lamp (tail: LH) or
(tail: RH) connector, licence plate lamp (LH) or
(RH) connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-105
HEADLAMP
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the position lamp, tail lamp and licence
plate lamp illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
The lamps illuminate normally at both high and low
beams. : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
When the position lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the position lamp socket.
When the tail lamps do not illuminate : Replace
the rear combination lamp socket.
When the licence plate lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the licence plate lamp socket.
Inspection Procedure 10: None of the turn-signal lamps illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If all the turn-signal lamps do not illuminate, the ignition switch (IG1), the turn-signal lamp switch input
circuit or the ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
Using the ETACS-ECU service data, check the signals related to the illumination of turn-signal lamp.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
• Turn the turn-signal lamp switch to the left position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 254
IG voltage
System voltage
Item 343
Turn switch left ON
• Turn the turn-signal lamp switch to the right position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 344
Turn switch
right
ON
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for all
the items.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :
Go to Step 3.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received" P.54A-313.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 343
or 344. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
STEP 3. Retest the system
Check that the turn-signal lamps illuminate.
Q: Is the check result normal?
54A-106
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 11: The comfort flashing function does not work normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the comfort flashing function does not work normally, the turn-signal lamp switch input circuit(s) and
ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU customise function check
Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to check
that the "Comfort flasher" is set to "Enable."
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to
set the "Comfort flasher" to "Enable" (Refer
to P.54A-114).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check that the turn-signal lamps
operate.
Check that the turn-signal lamps work normally when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 10 "None of
the turn-signal lamps illuminate" P.54A-105.
STEP 4. Retest the system
Check that the comfort flashing function works normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-107
Inspection Procedure 12: The turn-signal indicator lamps do not illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the turn-signal lamp indicator does not illuminate
normally, the harness in the CAN bus lines, connector(s), ETACS-ECU, or combination meter may have
a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system special function
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the turn-signal lamp indicator. (Refer to
Combination Meter P.54A-64)
• Item 5: Illumination (AUTO)
• Item 6: Indicator (AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-53.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Turn-signal lamp check
Check that the turn-signal lamp flashes normally
when the turn-signal switch is operated.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 10 "None of
the turn-signal lamps illuminate" P.54A-105.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the turn-signal lamp indicator illuminate
normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
54A-108
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
Inspection Procedure 13: The welcome light function does not work normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the welcome light function does not operate
normally, the keyless entry system or the
ETACS-ECU may have a problem. Or, the welcome
light function may have been set to disabled using
the customisation function.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the keyless entry system
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU customise function check.
Check that any one of the followings other than "Disabled" is set for "Welcome light" with a customisation
function.
• Small lamp
• Head lamp
Q: Is it set to other than "Disabled"?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Set "Welcome light" to any one other than
"Disabled" with a customise function (Refer
to P.54A-114).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the keyless entry system
operation
Check that the keyless entry system operation normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Troubleshoot the keyless entry system.
Refer to GROUP 42A − Troubleshooting
<Vehicles without KOS> or GROUP 42B −
Troubleshooting <Vehicles with KOS>.
STEP 4. Check the tail lamps and headlamps.
When the lighting switch is operated, check that the
tail lamps and headlamps illuminate/go off normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the tail lamps and headlamps.
Refer to trouble symptom chart P.54A-96.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
The welcome light should work normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-109
HEADLAMP
Inspection Procedure 14: The coming home light function does not work normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the coming home light function does not operate normally, the keyless entry system or the
ETACS-ECU may have a problem. Or, the coming
home light function may have been set to disabled
using the customisation function.
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
Using the ETACS-ECU service data, check the ignition switch signal.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 254
IG voltage
1 V or less
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received" P.54A-313.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the keyless entry system
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU customise function check.
Check that any one of the followings other than "Disabled" is set for "Coming home light" with a customisation function.
• 15 sec
• 30 sec
• 60 sec
• 180 sec
Q: Is it set to other than "Disabled"?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Set "Coming home light" to any one other
than "Disabled" with a customise function
(Refer to P.54A-114).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
STEP 4. Check the headlamps.
When the lighting switch is operated, check that the
headlamps illuminate/go off normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the headlamps. Refer to
trouble symptom chart P.54A-96.
STEP 5. Retest the system.
The coming home light function should work normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
M1540103800508
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Condition
Normal condition
7001
When the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK or ACC position.
OFF
When the ignition switch is turned to the
ON or START position.
ON
RLS IG1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-110
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
7002
7004
HEADLAMP
Condition
Normal condition
RLS Light sensor sensitivity When the customise value of the lighting
control sensor sensitivity is set to level 1
(quick).
Level 1 bright
When the customise value of the lighting
control sensor sensitivity is set to level 2
(slightly quick).
Level 2 bright
When the customise value of the lighting
control sensor sensitivity is set to level 3
(normal).
Level 3
When the customise value of the lighting
control sensor sensitivity is set to level 4
(slightly slow).
Level 4 dark
When the customise value of the lighting
control sensor sensitivity is set to level 5
(slow).
Level 5 dark
When the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK or START position.
OFF
When the ignition switch is turned to the
ACC or ON position.
ON
RLS Radio ACC
7007
RLS Vehicle speed
Perform a test run of the vehicle.
The values displayed
on the speedometer
and M.U.T.-III are
almost the same.
7009
RLS Low beam "ON"
request
When the area around the lighting control
sensor is bright.
OFF
When the area around the lighting control
sensor is dark.
ON
7010
7011
7012
RLS judgement illuminance When the area around the lighting control
output
sensor has become bright from dark
The value displayed on
the M.U.T.-III becomes
large.
When the area around the lighting control
sensor has become dark from bright.
The value displayed on
the M.U.T.-III becomes
small.
RLS Tail light "ON" request When the area around the lighting control
sensor is bright.
RLS Tunnel detect output
OFF
When the area around the lighting control
sensor is dark.
ON
When the area around the lighting control
sensor is bright.
OFF
When the area around the lighting control
sensor is dark.
ON
7014
RLS Specification
−
EU
7015
RLS ECU Diagnostic
version
−
−
7016
RLS ECU Hardware
version
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-111
HEADLAMP
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Condition
Normal condition
7017
RLS ECU Software version −
−
7018
RLS ECU Part number
−
8634A001
7019
RLS ECU Serial number
−
−
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
(1)
Screen
HEADLAMP AIMING
M1540100500650
Headlamp centre line
(3)
(2)
Vehicle centre line
<USING A BEAM SETTING EQUIPMENT>
(3)
3m
AC505906 AB
<Vehicles with halogen headlamp>
AC102583
1. The headlamps should be aimed with the proper
beam setting equipment, and in accordance with
the equipment manufacture’s instructions.
2. Alternately turn the adjusting screw to adjust the
headlamp aiming.
<USING A SCREEN> (LOW-BEAM)
PRE-AIMING INSTRUCTION
1. Inspect for badly rusted or faulty headlamp
assemblies.
2. These conditions must be corrected before a
satisfactory adjustment can be made.
3. Inspect tyre inflation, and adjust if it is necessary.
4. If the fuel tank is not filled up, put weight in the
luggage compartment to make up for the fuel
shortage so that the weight will become 90% of
full-state weight or heavier. (0.8 kg per litter)
5. There should be no other load in the vehicle other
than driver or substituted weight of approximately
75 kg placed in driver's position.
6. Turn the headlamp levelling switch to the switch
position "0." <Vehicles with headlamp manual
levelling system>
7. Change the vehicle posture, and then operate the
actuator of headlamp levelling unit once.
<Vehicles with headlamp automatic levelling
system>
8. Thoroughly clean the headlamp lenses.
Bulb centre position
ACB05887 AB
<Vehicles with discharge headlamp>
Bulb centre position
ACB05888 AB
9. Place the vehicle on a level floor, perpendicular to
a flat screen 3 m away from the bulb centre
position of the low-beam.
10.Rock vehicle sideways to allow vehicle to assume
its normal position.
11.To correct for distortion of the suspension, rock
the bumpers on the front/rear side of the vehicle
up and down three times alternately.
12.Run the engine at a speed of 2,000 r/min to
charge the battery.
13.Four lines of adhesive tape (or equivalent
markings) are required on screen or wall:
(1) Position a vertical tape or mark so that it is
aligned with the vehicle centre line.
54A-112
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
(2) Measure the distance from the bulb centre
position to the floor. Transfer the
measurement to the screen. Horizontal tape or
mark on the screen is for reference of vertical
adjustment.
(3) Measure the distance from the centre line of
the vehicle to the centre of each headlamp.
Transfer the measurement to the screen.
Vertical tape or mark on the screen with
reference to the centre line of each headlamp
bulb.
CAUTION
Be sure to adjust the aiming adjustment screw in
the tightening direction.
Horizontal direction
Vertical direction
HEADLAMP ADJUSTMENT
ACB05755
CAUTION
Do not cover a headlamp for more than three
minutes to prevent the plastic headlamp lens
deformation.
Phillips screwdriver
1. The low-beam headlamp should project on the
screen upper edge of the beam (cut-off).
Vertical direction
adjusting screw
Horizontal direction
adjusting screw
ACB05756AB
(V)
Distance of
vertical direction
Bulb centre position
(H)
Elbow point
High intensity zone
AC801142 AB
2. If not the case, turn the adjusting screws to
achieve the specified low-beam cut-off location on
the aiming screen.
Standard value:
Vertical direction; 36 mm (0.69°) below horizontal (H)
Horizontal direction; Elbow point intersects
the vertical line (V)
Limit:
Vertical direction; ±15 mm (±0.29°) from the
horizontal cut-off line
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-113
HEADLAMP
Horizontal direction; ± 26 mm (± 0.5°) from
the vertical line (V)
LUMINOUS INTENSITY MEASUREMENT
M1540100600334
Using a photometer, and following its manufacture’s
instruction manual, measure the headlamp intensity
and check to be sure that the limit value is satisfied.
Limit: 30,000 cd or more (When a screen is
set 25 m ahead of the vehicle)
NOTE: .
1. When measuring the intensity, maintain an
engine speed of 2,000 r/min, with the battery in
the charging condition.
2. There may be special local regulations pertaining
to headlamp intensity, be sure to make any
adjustments necessary to satisfy such regulations.
3. Check that the headlamp intensity of the
high-beam satisfies the limit value.
4. If an illuminometer is used to make the measurements, convert its values to photometer values by
using the following formula.
I = Er2:
I=intensity (cd)
E=illumination (lux)
r=distance (m) from headlamps to illuminometer
REPLACE THE BULB
M1540100700557
HALOGEN HEADLAMP BULB
(LOW-BEAM / HIGH-BEAM) REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
After drying completely, install the bulb.
2. Twist the bulb anticlockwise to remove.
DISCHARGE HEADLAMP BULB
(LOW-BEAM) REPLACEMENT
ACB05757AC
1. Twist the socket cover anticlockwise to remove.
2. Twist the socket anticlockwise to disconnect it
from the bulb.
CAUTION
Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
After drying completely, install the bulb.
3. Raise the fastener securing the bulb, and then
remove the bulb.
POSITION LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT
<Vehicles without discharge headlamp>
Low-beam
High-beam
ACB05757AB
Socket cover
Position lamp
ACC00447 AB
1. Twist the socket cover anticlockwise to remove.
1. Twist the socket cover anticlockwise to remove.
2. Pull out the socket.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-114
HEADLAMP
<Vehicles with discharge headlamp>
HEADLAMP AUTO LAMP FUNCTION
CHECK
M1540100900283
ACC00448AB
1. Twist the socket anticlockwise to remove.
2. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
FRONT TURN-SIGNAL LAMP BULB
REPLACEMENT
Verify that the headlamps will illuminate when placing a hand over the receiver of the lighting control
sensor under direct sunlight with the ignition switch in
the "ON" position and the lighting switch in the
"AUTO" position. If there is a malfunction, perform
the troubleshooting (Refer to P.54A-96).
NOTE: When covering the lighting control sensor
receiver, be careful not to touch the windshield surface (where the lighting control sensor receiver is
mounted). (The lighting control sensor receiver has
limited resistance to oil.)
WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION CHECK
M1540112700015
When the lighting switch is in the OFF or AUTO position, unlock the door by the keyless entry system and
check that the tail lamps or headlamps turn on. If
there is a malfunction, perform the troubleshooting
(Refer to P.54A-96).
NOTE: As for the vehicles with lighting control sensor, carry out the inspection in the dark place.
COMING HOME LIGHT FUNCTION
CHECK
ACC00449AB
1. Twist the socket anticlockwise to remove.
2. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN
FUNCTION CHECK
M1540100800071
M1540112800012
After turning the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF)
position, check that passing operation lights up the
headlamps. If there is a malfunction, perform the
troubleshooting (Refer to P.54A-96).
CUSTOMISATION FUNCTION
M1540103701258
By operating the M.U.T.-III ETACS system, the following functions can be customised. The programmed information is held even when the battery
is disconnected.
Confirm that the headlamps turn OFF in one second
if the ignition key is pulled out and the driver's door is
opened when the ignition switch is ON and the lighting switch is ON (HEAD position). If there is a malfunction, perform the troubleshooting (Refer to
P.54A-96).
Adjustment
Adjustment item
Adjusting content
item (M.U.T.-III
(M.U.T.-III display)
display)
Turn power
source
Adjustment of
turn-signal lamp
operation condition
Comfort flasher With/without
comfort flasher
function
Adjusting content
ACC or IG1
Operable with ACC or ON position
IG1
Operable with ON position (initial
condition)
Disable
No function
Enable
With function (initial condition)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
Adjustment
item (M.U.T.-III
display)
Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display)
Adjusting content
Comfort flasher Switch operation
switch time
time to activate the
comfort flasher
function
Normal
0.4 second (initial condition)
Long
0.8 second
Hazard answer
back
Lock:1, Unlock:2
LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: Flashes
twice (initial condition)
Lock:1, Unlock:0
LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: No flash
Lock:0, Unlock:2
LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash twice
Lock:2, Unlock:1
LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:2, Unlock:0
LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: No flash
Lock:0, Unlock:1
LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:0, Unlock:0
No function
Level 1 bright
High ambient brightness
Level 2 bright
Standard ambient brightness (initial
condition)
Level 3
Low ambient brightness
Level 4 dark
Low-low ambient brightness
Sensitivity for
auto lamp
Adjustment item
54A-115
Adjustment of the
number of keyless
hazard warning
lamp answer back
flashes
Lighting control
sensor sensitivity
(illumination
intensity) <vehicles
with lighting control
sensor>
Head lamp auto Adjustment of
Disable
cut customise
headlamp
Enable (B-spec.)
automatic shutdown
function
No function
Coming home
light
Disabled
No function
15 sec
The headlamps illuminate for 15 seconds.
30sec
The headlamps illuminate for 30 seconds.
(initial condition)
60 sec
The headlamps illuminate for 60 seconds.
180 sec
The headlamps illuminate for 180 seconds.
Disabled
No function
Small lamp
The tail lamps illuminate. <initial condition>
Head lamp
The headlamps illuminate.
Welcome light
Disabling or
enabling coming
home light function
Disabling or
enabling welcome
light function
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR (LIGHT
SENSOR) CHECK
M1540109000050
Using the M.U.T.-III, check the data list of LIN. It is
judged normal if the display turns ON from OFF
when the light receiver of lighting control sensor is
covered by hand, with item No.7009: RLS Low beam
"ON" request, 7011: RLS Tail light "ON" request, and
7012: RLS Tunnel detect output.
HEADLAMP RELAY CHECK
M1540104000378
With function (initial condition)
NOTE: .
• When covering the lighting control sensor
receiver, be careful not to touch the windshield
surface (where the lighting control sensor
receiver is mounted). (The lighting control sensor
receiver has limited resistance to oil.)
• Before checking the data list by using M.U.T.-III,
wipe the windshield thoroughly and visually
check if there are foreign materials on the windshield to which the lighting control sensor is
installed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-116
HEADLAMP
Headlamp relay (LO)
Headlamp relay (HI)
Battery voltage
Terminal Normal
number condition
At no energisation
3−4
With current supply
[terminal 2 (+), terminal 1
(−)]
No
continuity
Continuity
exists (2 Ω
or less)
HEADLAMP
Relay box
ACB04408
ACB05793 AB
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540101000896
Pre-removal Operation
• Front Bumper Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 Front Bumper Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Front Bumper Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 51
- Front Bumper Assembly ).
• Headlamp Aiming Adjustment (Refer to P.54A-111).
1.5 ± 0.3 N·m
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
2
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
1
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
ACB05557AB
>>A<<
1.
2.
Removal Steps
Headlamp assembly
Grommet
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-117
HEADLAMP
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
1
4
Tighten the mounting screw and bolts to the specified
torque in the order shown.
Tightening torque:
Screw: 1.5 ± 0.3 N⋅m
Bolt: 4.5 ± 1.5 N⋅m
5
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
M1540104800073
2
3
ACB05894 AB
1
3
2
7
11
6
9
8
5
4
10
ACB05558AB
<<A>>
<<A>>
Disassembly steps <Halogen
type>
1. Front turn-signal lamp bulb
2. Socket cover
3. Headlamp bulb (high-beam)
5. Socket cover
6. Position lamp bulb
7. Headlamp bulb (low-beam)
11. Headlamp body
<<A>>
<<B>>
<<B>>
Disassembly steps <Discharge
type>
1. Front turn-signal lamp bulb
2. Socket cover
3. Headlamp bulb (high-beam)
4. Position lamp bulb
5. Socket cover
8. Headlamp control unit (socket)
9. Headlamp bulb (low-beam)
10. Headlamp control unit
11. Headlamp body
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-118
HEADLAMP
DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS
<<A>> HEADLAMP BULB REMOVAL
CAUTION
Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
After drying completely, install the bulb.
<<B>> HEADLAMP CONTROL UNIT
(SOCKET) / HEADLAMP BULB REMOVAL
1. Twist the socket anticlockwise to disconnect it
from the bulb.
CAUTION
Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
After drying completely, install the bulb.
2. Raise the fastener securing the bulb, and then
remove the bulb.
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH
<VEHICLES WITH HEADLAMP
MANUAL LEVELLING SYSTEM>
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540105200267
Pre-removal Operation
• Side Air Outlet Panel Assembly Removal (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Side Air Outlet Panel Assembly Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Headlamp levelling
switch
ACB05545AB
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH CHECK
M1540101300392
Measured
terminals
Switch
position
Resistance Ω
8−9
0
750
1
1, 110
2
1, 470
3
1, 830
4
2, 190
0, 1, 2, 3, 4
2, 810
8 − 10
ACB05546
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-119
HEADLAMP
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540108500290
Section A – A
Lighting control sensor
bracket
Lighting control sensor
bracket
1
Section B – B
Optical coupler
B
Optical coupler
2
B
A
NOTE
: Claw positions
2
A
1
ACB05899 AB
<<A>>
>>A<<
1.
2.
Removal steps
Lighting control sensor cover
Lighting control sensor
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR
REMOVAL
Flat-tipped
Screwdriver
Lighting control
sensor
Claw
Push
Push
Clamp
AC700066 AI
While pushing the clamp to the windshield side, pry
up the clamp to disengage the right and left claws
using the flat-tipped screwdriver, and then remove
the lighting control sensor.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR
INSTALLATION
1. Mount the lighting control sensor onto the optical
coupler, and then connect the connector.
CAUTION
After executing the lighting control sensor (rain
sensor) adaptation, do not touch the lighting
control sensor (or do not move it from the fixed
position).
2. When reusing the lighting control sensor or when
the lighting control sensor is pushed to check the
installation condition, install the connector and the
lighting control sensor cover and wipe the
windshield thoroughly. When the windshield is dry,
execute the lighting control sensor (rain sensor)
adaptation [Refer to GROUP 51 − Lighting Control
Sensor (Rain Sensor) Adaptation ].
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-120
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
NOTE: Be careful not to touch the lighting control
sensor receiver. (The lighting control sensor
receiver has limited resistance to oil).
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540300200318
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness A (for
vehicles with CAN
communication)
c. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
communication)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
Diagnosis code check.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
Tool
a
MB991824
b
54A-121
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communication
Interface (V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
Diagnosis code check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-122
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB991658
Test harness
Height sensor check
MB992006
MB991658
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
M1540300500449
CAUTION
• On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is turned ON while disconnecting connector(s), diagnosis code(s) associated with other system may be set. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
• Before or after the troubleshooting, check the operation of the headlamp automatic levelling system. Refer to P.54A-132.
Diagnosis
code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B2215
ECU internal error (EEPROM)
B222C
Coding not completed
Refer to Diagnosis code
chart P.54A-281.
B2510
Height Sensor Not Initialized
P.54A-123
B2513
Levelling actuator output voltage
P.54A-124
B2514
Height sensor supply voltage
P.54A-125
B2515
Front height sensor signal
P.54A-126
B2516
Rear height sensor signal
P.54A-127
U0100
Engine CAN timeout
U0121
ABS/ASC CAN timeout
Refer to Diagnosis code
chart P.54A-281.
U0155
Meter CAN timeout
U0331
ECU internal error (ROM)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
54A-123
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No. B2510 Height Sensor Not Initialized
CAUTION
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN
bus lines.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the headlamp automatic levelling system initialization * is not implemented, the code No. B2510
is stored. When the headlamp automatic levelling
system initialization is completed, the code No.
B2510 is cleared automatically.
NOTE: *: When the height sensor related diagnosis
code (B2514, B2515 or B2516) or ETACS-ECU
related diagnosis code (B2215 or U0331) is set, initialization of the headlamp automatic levelling system is impossible, therefore perform the
troubleshooting for the diagnosis code that has been
set previously.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Initialization of the headlamp automatic levelling system is not completed.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Headlamp automatic levelling system initialization not completed
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if the height sensor related diagnosis code
(B2514, B2515 or B2516) or the ETACS-ECU related
diagnosis code (B2215 or U0331) is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of the
diagnosis code that has been set previously.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Initialise the headlamp automatic levelling system
and check the diagnosis code of the ETACS-ECU.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(2) Initialise the headlamp automatic levelling
system. Refer to P.54A-131.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
54A-124
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
Code No. B2513 Levelling actuator output voltage
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If a trouble occurs in headlamp assembly (headlamp
levelling unit), code No. B2513 is stored.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The ETACS-ECU detects the short-circuit of the signal line to the headlamp assembly (headlamp levelling unit) for 1 second or longer continuously.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of headlamp assembly (headlamp
levelling unit)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth circuit in MSL line between headlamp
assembly (LH) connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2513 set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth circuit in MSR line between headlamp
assembly (RH) connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2513 set?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH) and
headlamp assembly (RH) connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 418
A/L actuator
output voltage
Indicates the
voltage value of
system voltage
within the range
of 20 to 80%.
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 6. Check the headlamp assembly (LH).
Check the headlamp assembly (LH) for internal failure.
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (RH)
connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
to P.54A-132.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (LH).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
STEP 7. Check the headlamp assembly (RH).
Check the headlamp assembly (RH) for internal failure.
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH)
connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
to P.54A-132.
54A-125
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (RH).
STEP 8. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2514 set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No. B2514 Height sensor supply voltage
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If a trouble occurs in height sensor, code No. B2514
is stored.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The ETACS-ECU detects the power supply error of
the height sensor (less than 4.2 V, or 5.8 V or more)
for 1 second or longer continuously.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the front height sensor
Malfunction of the rear height sensor
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Voltage measurement at front height
sensor connector (SBF terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the resistance between the front height
sensor connector (SBF terminal) and body earth.
OK: 5 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth circuit in SBF line between front height
sensor connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2514 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at rear height
sensor connector (SBR terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the resistance between the rear height
sensor connector (SBR terminal) and body earth.
OK: 5 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth circuit in SBR line between rear height
sensor connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-126
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2514 set?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list
Disconnect the front and rear height sensor connector, and check the power supply voltage to the height
sensor.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 410
HS power
supply voltage
5V
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 11.
STEP 8. Front height sensor check
Check the front height sensor for the internal failure.
Refer to P.54A-133.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the front height sensor.
STEP 9. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2514 set?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 10. Rear height sensor check
Check the rear height sensor for the internal failure.
Refer to P.54A-133.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Replace the rear height sensor.
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2514 set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No. B2515 Front height sensor signal
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If a trouble occurs in front height sensor, code No.
B2515 is stored.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The ETACS-ECU detects the error of the signal voltage from the front height sensor (less than 0.7 V, or
4.2 V or more) or 1 second or longer continuously.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the front height sensor
Malfunction of the front height sensor installation
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code No. B2514 is set.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2514 set?
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of the
diagnosis code No. B2514.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Front height sensor installation status
check
Check that the front height sensor is installed properly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Install the front height sensor properly.
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at front height
sensor connector (SBF terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the resistance between the front height
sensor connector (SBF terminal) and body earth.
OK: 5 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in SBF line
between front height sensor connector and
ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Resistance measurement at front height
sensor connector (SGF terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the front height
sensor connector (SGF terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
54A-127
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in SGF line
between front height sensor connector and
ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in SHF line between front
height sensor connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 8. Front height sensor check
Check that the front height sensor is normal (Refer to
P.54A-133).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the front height sensor.
STEP 9. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the signal voltage of the front height sensor.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 411
Front HS signal 0.7 V − 4.1 V
voltage
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Code No. B2516 Rear height sensor signal
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Regis-
ter the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If a trouble occurs in rear height sensor, code No.
B2516 is stored.
54A-128
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The ETACS-ECU detects the error of the signal voltage from the rear height sensor (less than 0.7 V, or
4.2 V or more) or 1 second or longer continuously.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the rear height sensor
Malfunction of the rear height sensor installation
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Damaged harness wires and connectors
STEP 5. Resistance measurement at rear height
sensor connector (SGR terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the rear height
sensor connector (SGR terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code No. B2514 is set.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2514 set?
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of the
diagnosis code No. B2514.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Rear height sensor installation status
check
Check that the rear height sensor is installed properly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Install the rear height sensor properly.
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at rear height
sensor connector (SBR terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the resistance between the rear height
sensor connector (SBR terminal) and body earth.
OK: 5 V
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in SBR line
between rear height sensor connector and
ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in SGR line
between rear height sensor connector and
ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in SHR line between rear
height sensor connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 8. rear height sensor check
Check that the rear height sensor is normal (Refer to
P.54A-133).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the rear height sensor.
STEP 9 M.U.T.-III data list
Check the rear height sensor for the signal voltage.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 412
Rear HS signal
voltage
0.7 V − 4.1 V
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
54A-129
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1540301200429
CAUTION
Before or after the troubleshooting, check the operation of the headlamp automatic levelling system.
Refer to P.54A-132.
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Procedure No.
Reference
page
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU power supply circuit.
−
Refer to
P.54A-311.
The both headlamp automatic levelling systems (right and left) do not
work normally.
1
P.54A-129
One of the automatic levellings does not work.
2
P.54A-130
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The both headlamp automatic levelling systems (right and left) do not work
normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the both headlamp automatic levelling systems
(right and left) do not work normally, ETACS-ECU initialization, each height sensor or ETACS-ECU may
be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU initialization
• Malfunction of headlamp assembly (headlamp
levelling unit)
• Malfunction of front height sensor
• Malfunction of rear height sensor
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
13A − Diagnosis Code Chart .)
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code No. B2513 is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of the
diagnosis code No. B2513.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Height sensor installation status check
Check that the front and rear height sensor is
installed properly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Install the height sensor properly.
54A-130
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
STEP 5. Retest the system
After the ETCAS-ECU initialization (refer to
P.54A-131), check that the headlamp automatic levelling system operates normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : This diagnosis is complete.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Front height sensor check
Check the front height sensor with the rear height
sensor removed.
(1) Disconnect the rear height sensor connector.
(2) Check that the front height sensor is normal
(Refer to P.54A-133).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the front height sensor.
STEP 7. Rear height sensor check
Check that the rear height sensor is normal (Refer to
P.54A-133).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace the rear height sensor.
STEP 8. Retest the system
Check that the automatic levelling operates normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: One of the automatic levellings does not work.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When one of the automatic levellings does not work,
the wiring harness and connector(s) between the
ETACS-ECU and the headlamp assembly (headlamp levelling unit) may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of headlamp assembly (headlamp
levelling unit)
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Headlamp levelling unit check
Perform a levelling motor drive test of the headlamp
levelling unit to check that the motor is driven. Refer
to .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
NO (The left levelling motor is not driven.) : Go to
Step 2.
NO (The right levelling motor is not driven.) : Go to
Step 5.
STEP 2. Check of open circuit in (MBL, MGL,
MSL) line between ETACS-ECU connector and
headlamp assembly (LH) connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH) and
(RH) connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-131
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
position to "ON" position.
position to "ON" position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 418
A/L actuator
output voltage
Indicates the
voltage value of
system voltage
within the range
of 20 to 80%.
Item 418
A/L actuator
output voltage
Indicates the
voltage value of
system voltage
within the range
of 20 to 80%.
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 8.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 4. Check the headlamp assembly (LH).
Check the headlamp assembly (LH) for internal failure.
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (RH)
connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
to P.54A-132.
STEP 7. Check the headlamp assembly (RH).
Check the headlamp assembly (RH) for internal failure.
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH)
connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
to P.54A-132.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (LH).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (RH).
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in (MBR, MGR, MSR) line
between ETACS-ECU connector and headlamp
assembly (RH) connector.
STEP 8. Retest the system
Check that the automatic levelling of the right headlamp operates normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. M.U.T.-III data list
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH) and
(RH) connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
INITIALISATION OF ETACS-ECU
M1540303300206
After the operation below is completed, initialise the
ETACS-ECU.
• The ETACS-ECU is replaced.
• The front height sensor is replaced or
removed/installed.
• The rear height sensor is replaced or
removed/installed.
• The suspension related components are replaced
or removed/installed.
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE
Before the initialisation operation, check that the
diagnosis code No. B2215, B2514, B2515, B2516,
U0331 is not set to the ETACS-ECU. If it is set, perform the troubleshooting before the initialisation.
(Refer to P.54A-122.)
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
54A-132
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
2. If the fuel tank is not filled up, put weight in the
luggage compartment to make up for the fuel
shortage so that the weight will become 90% of
full-state weight or heavier. (0.8 kg per litter)
3. There should be no other load in the vehicle other
than driver or substituted weight of approximately
75 kg placed in driver's position.
4. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector
(For how to connect the M.U.T.-III, refer to
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function ).
5. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. (Do not
start up the engine.)
6. Select the M.U.T.-III screen menu as follows.
(1) Select "ETACS" displayed on the "System
selection" screen.
(2) Select "Special function."
(3) Select "HS initial position learning."
7. The ETACS-ECU initialisation is completed.
8. Repeat the procedure if a diagnosis code is set by
turning the ignition switch from "LOCK (OFF)" to
"ON" again.
9. Perform the headlamp aiming (Refer to Headlamp
Aiming P.54A-111.)
OPERATION CHECK OF HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING
M1540303400117
With this inspection, it is simply checked that the
headlamp automatic levelling motor incorporated in
the headlamp assembly moves in accordance with
the vehicle posture.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. (Do not
start up the engine.)
3. At the front or rear jack up point, raise the front
wheels or rear wheels off the earth.
4. Turn ON the headlamp switch.
5. When the front wheels are raised, the upward
headlamp beam is controlled with the control
value applicable to the present vehicle posture,
and the headlamp beam moves downward.
6. When the rear wheels are raised, the downward
headlamp beam is controlled with the control
value applicable to the present vehicle posture,
and the headlamp beam moves upward.
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING MOTOR DRIVE TEST
M1540302100425
With this inspection, the headlamp automatic levelling motor incorporated in the headlamp assembly is
forcibly activated and checking the motor for normal
operation is possible.
DRIVE TEST PROCEDURE (WHEN THE
M.U.T.-III IS USED)
1. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector
(For how to connect the M.U.T.-III, refer to
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function ).
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. (Do not
start up the engine.)
3. Turn ON the headlamp switch.
4. Select the M.U.T.-III screen menu as follows.
(1) Select "ETACS" displayed on the "System
selection" screen.
(2) Select "Actuator test."
(3) Select "A/L actuator."
(4) The headlamp beam moves downward if
"20%" is set for the "Value select" and upward
if "80%" is set for the "Value select".
5. The drive test is completed.
DRIVE TEST PROCEDURE (WHEN THE
M.U.T.-III IS NOT USED)
1. Turn the hazard warning lamp switch to the ON
position.
2. Within 10 seconds after turning the ignition switch
from OFF to the ON position (do not start up the
engine), turn the headlamp switch from OFF to
ON 5 times repeatedly. If you fail to do this, turn
the ignition switch to OFF once and repeat from
the beginning.
3. Within 30 seconds after you complete the step
above successfully, turn off the hazard warning
lamp switch.
4. The headlamp beam moves downward for
approximately 3 seconds and upward for 3
seconds. Then the beam returns to the position
applicable to the present vehicle posture.
5. The drive test is completed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-133
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
HEIGHT SENSOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540302700427
Post-installation operation
• Initialisation of ETACS-ECU (Refer to P.54A-131).
• Headlamp Aiming Adjustment (Refer to P.54A-111).
Rear height sensor
Front height sensor
12 ± 3 N·m
12 ± 3 N·m
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m
HEIGHT SENSOR CHECK
M1540302600323
FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR CHECK
Harness
side
Sensor side
MB991658
AC809168 AB
ACB05682 AB
1. Disconnect the sensor connector and connect
special tool test harness (MB991658) as shown.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Measure the voltage of sensor connector terminal
No. 2.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-134
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
50 degrees
1. Disconnect the sensor connector and connect
special tool test harness (MB991658) as shown.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
3. Measure the voltage of sensor connector terminal
No. 2.
(-) angle
Base point line
of sensor
(0 degree point)
45.8 degrees
(+) angle
(-) angle
45.0 degrees
Voltage (V)
Base point line
of sensor
(0 degree point)
4.5
45.0 degrees
2.5
(+) angle
Voltage (V)
4.5
0.5
–60 –45 –30 –15
0
15 30
45 60
Operation angle of sensor (degree)
AC507192 AB
4. Check that voltages show the values described in
the graph according to the sensor operation
angle.
REAR HEIGHT SENSOR CHECK
Harness
side
2.5
0.5
–60 –45 –30 –15 0 15 30 45 60
Operation angle of sensor (degree)
ACB05771 AB
4. Check that voltages show the values described in
the graph according to the sensor operation
angle.
Sensor side
MB991658
ACB05768 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-135
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541400100344
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code, service data and
a. Vehicle
communication actuator test check.
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communication
)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communication
)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-136
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicatio
n Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with
CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles
without CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send simulated
vehicle speed. If you connect
M.U.T.-III main harness B instead,
the CAN communication does not
function correctly.
Diagnosis code, service data and
actuator test check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply circuit
c. For checking power supply circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-137
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB990784
Ornament
remover
Removal of rear combination lamp
assembly
MB992006
MB990784
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
M1541400900083
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
M1541402500133
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
M1541400200299
CAUTION
On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is turned ON while disconnecting connector(s), diagnosis
code(s) associated with other system may be set. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis
code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
Diagnosis code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B16A7
Tail lamp (RH) circuit short <Short circuit in the
position lamp (RH) circuit or the tail lamp (RH)
circuit>
P.54A-137
B16A8
Tail lamp (LH) circuit short <Short circuit in the
P.54A-139
position lamp (LH) circuit, tail lamp (LH) circuit or the
licence plate lamp circuit>
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No.B16A7 Tail lamp (RH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp (RH) circuit or the tail
lamp (RH) circuit>
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Regis-
ter the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When a short circuit is detected in the position lamp
circuit or the tail lamp circuit, the ETACS-ECU sets
the diagnosis code No. B16A7.
54A-138
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The problem detection of tail lamp is made based on
the digital feed back signal (input signal to
ETACS-ECU) which operates the tail lamp. When the
ignition switch is ON, the ETACS-ECU determines
the tail lamp circuit state from the load placed on the
line. After 100 ms has elapsed since the start of the
check, the ETACS-ECU performs a sampling with
each 10 ms. If an abnormality is detected, it
increases the counter by 2, and when no abnormality
is detected, it decreases the counter by 1. Once the
counter reaches "10," the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A7 if no load is detected.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of bulbs
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illuminate.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
not illuminate.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the
headlamp assembly (position: RH) connector,
rear combination lamp (tail: RH) connector (earth
terminals).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector
terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the headlamp assembly (position: RH) connector
(earth terminal) and body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the rear
combination lamp (tail: RH) connector (earth
terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth lines
between the headlamp assembly (position: RH)
connector , rear combination lamp (tail: RH)
connector and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in (TAR1, TAR2) lines
between the headlamp assembly (position: RH)
connector , rear combination lamp (tail: RH)
connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
54A-139
Code No.B16A8 Tail lamp (LH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp (LH) circuit, tail lamp
(LH) circuit or the licence plate lamp circuit>
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When a short circuit is detected in the position lamp
circuit, the tail lamp circuit or the licence plate lamp
circuit, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No.
B16A8.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The problem detection of tail lamp is made based on
the digital feed back signal (input signal to
ETACS-ECU) which operates the tail lamp. When the
ignition switch is ON, the ETACS-ECU determines
the tail lamp circuit state from the load placed on the
line. After 100 ms has elapsed since the start of the
check, the ETACS-ECU performs a sampling with
each 10 ms. If an abnormality is detected, it
increases the counter by 2, and when no abnormality
is detected, it decreases the counter by 1. Once the
counter reaches "10," the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A8 if no load is detected.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of bulbs
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the
headlamp assembly (position: LH) connector,
rear combination lamp (tail: LH) connector,
licence plate lamp (LH) connector and licence
plate lamp (RH) connector (earth terminals).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector
terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
the body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the headlamp assembly (position: LH) connector
(earth terminal) and body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the rear
combination lamp (tail: LH) connector (earth
terminal) and body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the licence
plate lamp (LH) connector (earth terminal)
and body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the licence
plate lamp (RH) connector (earth terminal)
and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth lines
between the headlamp assembly (position: LH)
connector , rear combination lamp (tail: LH)
connector, licence plate lamp (LH) connector or
licence plate lamp (RH) connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illuminate.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
not illuminate.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in (TAL1, TAL2) lines
between the headlamp assembly (position: LH)
connector , rear combination lamp (tail: LH)
connector, licence plate lamp (LH) connector or
licence plate lamp (RH) connector and
ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-140
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Trouble symptom
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1541401000500
Inspection
Procedure No.
Reference page
None of the tail lamps illuminate.
1
P.54A-140
The stop lamps do not illuminate or go out normally.
2
P.54A-141
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: None of the tail lamps illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signals related to the tail lamp illumination.
• Turn the lighting switch to the "TAIL" position.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Item No.
Item name
If all the tail lamps do not illuminate normally, the tail
lamp switch input circuit or ETACS-ECU may have a
problem.
Normal
condition
Item 340
Head lamp
switch (tail)
ON
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Licence plate lamp operation check
Check that the licence plate lamp illuminates normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
STEP 4. Retest the system
Check that the tail lamp illuminates normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
54A-141
Inspection Procedure 2: The stop lamps do not illuminate or go out normally.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the stop lamps do not illuminate or go out normally,
the stop lamp switch input signal circuit, or the stop
lamps may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of stop lamp switch input signal circuit
• Malfunction of stop lamps
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III data list
Temporarily replace the stop lamp relay, and then
depress the brake pedal.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 290
Stop lamp switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 12 "The stop lamp
switch signal is not received." P.54A-321
STEP 2. Check the bulb of the stop lamps
Check the bulb of the defective lamps.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the bulb of the defective lamps.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the stop
lamp connectors (earth terminals).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the rear
combination lamp (LH) connector (earth terminal)
and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(3) Measure the resistance between the rear
combination lamp (RH) connector (earth
terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(4) Measure the resistance between the
high-mounted stop lamp connector (earth
terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the rear combination lamp (LH)
connector, rear combination lamp (RH)
connector, high-mounted stop lamp connector
and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at stop lamp
connectors (power supply terminals).
(1) Remove the front fog lamp relay, and measure at
the relay box side.
(2) Check the voltage between the rear combination
lamp (LH) connector (power supply terminal) and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
(3) Check the voltage between the rear combination
lamp (RH) connector (power supply terminal) and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
(4) Check the voltage between the high-mounted
stop lamp connector (power supply terminal) and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in STLO line between
ETACS-ECU connector and rear combination
lamp (LH) connector, rear combination lamp (RH)
connector, high-mounted stop lamp connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-142
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the stop lamps illuminates normally.
2. Turn the socket to remove (Refer to P.54A-143).
3. Remove the bulb from the socket.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
REAR TURN-SIGNAL LAMP BULB
REPLACEMENT
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the stop lamps.
1. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly
(Refer to P.54A-142).
2. Turn the socket to remove (Refer to P.54A-143).
3. Remove the bulb from the socket.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
REPLACE THE BULB
M1541402100102
STOP/TAIL LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly
(Refer to P.54A-142).
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541402200530
Section A – A
2
1
5
1
5
3, 4
AC611487
3
A
4
NOTE
: Stud pin positions
A
1.2 ± 0.7 N·m
1.2 ± 0.7 N·m
ACB05599 AB
Removal steps
1. Rear combination lamp
assembly
2. Clip
Removal steps
3. Grommet
4. Grommet
5. Grommet
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-143
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
M1541403400010
1
2
4
3
ACB05600AB
Disassembly steps
1. Socket
2. Stop/tail lamp bulb
Disassembly steps
3. Rear turn-signal lamp bulb
4. Rear combination lamp unit
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-144
BACK-UP LAMP
BACK-UP LAMP
SPECIAL TOOL
M1542400300017
Tool
Number
Name
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code, service data and
a. Vehicle
communication actuator test check.
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communication
)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communication
)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
MB990784
Ornament
remover
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
Use
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
MB990784
TROUBLESHOOTING
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1542400800012
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Removal of rear back-up lamp
assembly
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
BACK-UP LAMP
54A-145
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1542400500011
Trouble symptom
Reference page
The back-up lamps do not illuminate normally.
P.54A-145
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
The back-up lamps do not illuminate normally.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the back-up lamp does not illuminate or extinguish normally, the power supply or the earth circuit
to the back-up lamp or the inhibitor switch may be
defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of the inhibitor switch
Malfunction of bulbs
Malfunction of the back-up lamp assembly
Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illuminate.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the inhibitor
switch connector (power supply terminal).
(1) Remove the inhibitor switch connector, and
measure at the junction block side.
(2) Move the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the voltage between the inhibitor switch
connector (power supply terminal) and body
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Go to Step 5
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in power supply
line between the inhibitor switch connector and
the fusible link.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
not illuminate.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the inhibitor switch.
Check the continuity of the inhibitor switch. (GROUP
23A − On-vehicle Service, Inhibitor Switch Continuity
Check .)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Replace the inhibitor switch.
STEP 6. Resistance measurement at the back-up
lamp connector (earth terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the back-up
lamp connector (earth terminal) and the body
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8
NO : Go to Step 7
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the back-up lamp connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-146
FOG LAMP
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 8. Check of open circuit in output line
between the back-up lamp connector and
inhibitor switch connector.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the back-up lamp assembly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
BACK-UP LAMP
STEP 9. Retest the system
Check that the back-up lamp illuminate normally.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1542400200043
Q: Is the check result normal?
Section A – A
1
Claw
Hook
Rear bumper
ACB05837
A
A
3
2
4
1
ACB05601 AB
< <A> >
1.
2.
3.
4.
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> BACK-UP LAMP ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
Removal Steps
Back-up lamp assembly
Back-up lamp socket
Back-up lamp bulb
Back-up lamp unit
Push the back-up lamp assembly to the left to bend
the hook, and then remove by disengaging the claw
from the rear bumper.
FOG LAMP
SERVICE SPECIFICATION
M1540400900091
Item
Front fog lamp aiming
Standard value
Vertical
direction
Limit
60 mm (1.15°) below horizontal (H) 39 mm (0.75°) to 89 mm (1.7°)
below the horizontal (H)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-147
FOG LAMP
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540401800365
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code, service data and
a. Vehicle
communication actuator test check.
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communication
)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communication
)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-148
FOG LAMP
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicatio
n Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with
CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles
without CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send simulated
vehicle speed. If you connect
M.U.T.-III main harness B instead,
the CAN communication does not
function correctly.
Diagnosis code, service data and
actuator test check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply circuit
c. For checking power supply circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-149
FOG LAMP
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB990784
Ornament
remover
Removal of rear fog lamp assembly
MB992006
MB990784
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1540401000239
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540401700142
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Procedure No.
Reference page
The front fog lamps do not illuminate normally.
1
P.54A-149
One of the front fog lamps does not illuminate.
2
P.54A-151
The front fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally.
3
P.54A-152
The rear fog lamp do not illuminate normally.
4
P.54A-152
The rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally.
5
P.54A-154
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The front fog lamps do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
CIRCUIT OPERATION
If the front fog lamps do not illuminate normally, the
input signal circuit(s) below or the ETACS-ECU may
be defective.
•
•
•
•
Tail lamp switch
Headlamp switch
Fog lamp switch
Option coding information
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the front fog lamps do not illuminate normally,
the mentioned input signal circuit(s) or ETACS-ECU
may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-150
FOG LAMP
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the front fog lamp relay.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU coding data check
(1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU
option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 −
Coding Table ).
(2) Check that the "Front fog lamp" is set to
"Present."
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option
coding "Front fog lamp" to "Present," and
check the trouble symptom.
STEP 6. Voltage measurement at front fog lamp
relay connector (power supply terminals).
(1) Remove the front fog lamp relay, and measure at
the relay box side.
(2) Check the voltage between the front fog lamp
relay connector (power supply terminals) and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 2. Check the operation of the position
lamps and the headlamps.
Check that the position lamps and the headlamps
illuminate normally.
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in power supply
lines between the front fog lamp relay connector
and fusible link.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Check the position lamps and the
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
headlamps (Refer to trouble symptom chart
P.54A-96).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
STEP 8. Check of open circuit in FOGY line
between the front fog lamp relay connector and
ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signal related to the operation of front fog lamp function.
• Turn the fog lamp switch to ON.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 345
Fog lamp ON
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
STEP 5. Check the front fog lamp relay
Refer to P.54A-155.
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 9. Check of open circuit in output line
between the front fog lamp relay connector and
front fog lamp (LH), front fog lamp (RH)
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 10. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the front fog lamp (LH), front fog lamp
(RH) connector and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 11. Retest the system
Check that the front fog lamps illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-151
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: One of the front fog lamps does not illuminate.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When one of the front fog lamps does not illuminate,
the wiring harness, connector(s), or bulb(s) may
have a problem, or the fuse may be burned out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of bulbs
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the front fog lamp (LH) connector, front
fog lamp (RH) connector and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 1. Bulb check
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illuminate.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in output line
between the front fog lamp relay connector and
front fog lamp (LH), front fog lamp (RH)
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
not illuminate.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the front fog
lamp (LH) connector, front fog lamp (RH)
connector (earth terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector of
lamp which does not illuminate and the body
earth.
• Measure the resistance between the front fog
lamp (LH) connector (earth terminal) and
body earth.
• Measure the resistance between the front fog
lamp (RH) connector (earth terminal) and
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the front fog lamps illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 1.
54A-152
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
Inspection Procedure 3: The front fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the front fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally, connector(s), wiring harness in the CAN bus
lines, the ETACS-ECU or the combination meter may
be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the combination meter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system special function
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the front fog lamp indicator. (Refer to
Combination Meter P.54A-64)
• Item 5: Illumination (AUTO)
• Item 6: Indicator (AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-53.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the front fog lamps
When the front fog lamp switch is operated, check
that the front fog lamps illuminate/go off normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : First, repair the front fog lamps (Refer to
trouble symptom chart P.54A-149).
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the front fog lamp indicator illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 4: The rear fog lamp do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not reg-
istered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
CIRCUIT OPERATION
If the rear fog lamps do not illuminate normally, the
input signal circuit(s) below or the ETACS-ECU may
be defective.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-153
FOG LAMP
•
•
•
•
Tail lamp switch
Headlamp switch
Fog lamp switch
Option coding information
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signal related to the operation of rear fog lamp function.
• Turn the fog lamp switch to ON.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Item No.
Item name
When the rear fog lamps do not illuminate normally,
the mentioned input signal circuit(s) or ETACS-ECU
may be defective.
Normal
condition
Item 345
Fog lamp ON
ON
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" P.54A-321.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU coding data check
(1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU
option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 −
Coding List ).
(2) Check that the "Rear fog lamp" is set to
"Present."
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option
coding "Rear fog lamp" to "Present," and
check the trouble symptom.
STEP 5. Check the bulb of the rear fog lamp
Check the bulb of the defective lamp.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the bulb of the defective lamp.
STEP 6. Resistance measurement at the rear fog
lamp connector (earth terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the rear fog
lamp connector (earth terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
STEP 2. Check the operation of the position
lamps and the headlamps.
Check that the position lamps and the headlamps
illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Check the position lamps and the
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the rear fog lamp connector and body
earth.
headlamps (Refer to trouble symptom chart
P.54A-96).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 8. Check of open circuit in RFOG line
between the rear fog lamp connector and
ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 9. Retest the system
Check that the rear fog lamp illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
54A-154
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 5: The rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally, connector(s), wiring harness in the CAN bus
lines, the ETACS-ECU or the combination meter may
be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the combination meter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system special function
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special function of the combination meter. Execute the following
item to check the rear fog lamp indicator. (Refer to
Combination Meter P.54A-64)
• Item 5: Illumination (AUTO)
• Item 6: Indicator (AUTO)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-53.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the rear fog lamp
When the rear fog lamp switch is operated, check
that the rear fog lamps illuminate/go off normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : First, repair the rear fog lamp (Refer to
trouble symptom chart P.54A-149).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 5. Retest the system
Check that the rear fog lamp indicator illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-155
FOG LAMP
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CAUTION
Be sure to adjust the aiming adjustment screw in
the tightening direction.
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING
M1540400300806
CAUTION
When marking the aiming adjustment, be sure to
mask those lamps which are not being adjusted.
Lamp centre
V
H
Cut off line
Vertical direction
Fog lamp centre
Screen
Vehicle centre line
High intensity zone
AC312871AB
3m
AC804645AB
Lamp centre
Service hole
6. Adjust the cut off line (boundary between light and
dark) position to the standard value with the
adjusting screw.
Standard value:
Vertical direction; 60 mm (1.15°) below horizontal (H)
Limit:
Vertical direction; 39 mm (0.75°) to 89 mm
(1.7°) below the horizontal (H)
NOTE: The horizontal direction is non-adjustable.
REPLACE THE FRONT FOG LAMP BULB
M1540400400803
ACB05774 AB
1. Measure the centre of the front fog lamps, as
shown in the illustration.
2. Set the distance between the screen and the
centre of the front fog lamps as shown in the
illustration.
3. Inflate the types to the specified pressures and
there should be no other load in the vehicles other
than driver or substituted weight of approximately
75 kg placed in the driver’s position.
4. With the engine running at 2,000 r/min, aim the
front fog lamp.
5. Insert a Phillips screwdriver into the service hole
and place it on the adjusting screw.
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CHECK
M1540402800227
CAUTION
Don't touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
dirty, clean it with alcohol or thinner immediately
and dry well, and then install it.
For the replacement procedures, refer to P.54A-156.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-156
FOG LAMP
Battery voltage
Terminal Normal
number condition
At no energisation
3−4
With current supply
[terminal 1 (+), terminal 2
(−)]
No
continuity
Continuity
exists (2 Ω
or less)
FOG LAMP
ACB04408
ACB05794 AB
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540402600557
FRONT FOG LAMP
Post-installation Operation
• Front Fog Lamp Aiming Adjustment (Refer to P.54A-155).
A
A
3
1.2 ± 0.7 N·m
1
4
2
Section A – A
Front bumper
1
ACB05839
NOTE
: Claw positions
ACB05648 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-157
FOG LAMP
>>A<<
<<A>>
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removal steps
Front fog lamp bezel
Front fog lamp assembly
Front fog lamp bulb
Front fog lamp unit
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> FRONT FOG LAMP BULB
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< FRONT FOG LAMP ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
2
1
CAUTION
Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
After drying completely, install the bulb.
3
ACB05895AB
Tighten the mounting screws to the specified torque
in the order shown.
Tightening torque: 1.2 ± 0.7 N⋅m
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1542600300282
REAR FOG LAMP
Section A – A
1
Claw
Hook
Rear bumper
ACB05838
A
A
2
3
4
1
ACB05602 AB
< <A> >
1.
2.
Removal steps
Rear fog lamp assembly
Rear fog lamp socket
3.
4.
Removal steps (Continued)
Rear fog lamp bulb
Rear fog lamp unit
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-158
SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> REAR FOG LAMP ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
Push the rear fog lamp assembly to the right to bend
the hook, and then remove by disengaging the claw
from the rear bumper.
SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541800200509
<DOOR MIRROR TYPE>
For the side turn-signal lamp removal and installation
procedures, refer to GROUP 51 − Door Mirror .
<FENDER PANEL TYPE>
Section A – A
1
1
Front of vehicle
A
Claw
Hook
A
Fender panel
AC506857
ACB05650 AB
,<<A>>
1.
Removal
Side turn-signal lamp assembly
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Push the side turn-signal lamp assembly toward the
vehicle rear to bend the hook, and then remove by
disengaging the claw from the fender panel.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-159
INTERIOR LAMP
INTERIOR LAMP
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541301600345
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code, service data and
a. Vehicle
communicatio actuator test check.
n
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n)
d. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
short
e. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-160
INTERIOR LAMP
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicati
on Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III
USB cable
c. M.U.T.-III
main harness
A (Vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
main harness
B (Vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness B
instead, the CAN communication
does not function correctly.
Diagnosis code, service data and
actuator test check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check
harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-161
INTERIOR LAMP
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1541300200515
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1541301500166
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Procedure No.
Reference page
The front room lamp does not illuminate normally.
1
P.54A-161
The rear room lamp does not illuminate normally.
2
P.54A-163
The luggage compartment lamp does not illuminate normally.
3
P.54A-164
The interior lamp automatic shutoff function does not work normally.
4
P.54A-165
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The front room lamp does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
OPERATION
The ETACS-ECU illuminates and extinguishes the
front room lamp in accordance with the input signals
below.
• Ignition switch (IG1)
• Key reminder switch
• Door switches
• Front door lock actuator (driver’s side)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If this does not work normally, the above switch input
circuit(s), front room lamp, or ETACS-ECU may have
a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch
• Malfunction of door switch
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator
(driver’s side)
• Malfunction of front room lamp
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Rear room lamp operation check
Check that the rear room lamp illuminates and extinguishes normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 2.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-162
INTERIOR LAMP
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signals related to the operation of front room lamp.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
• Remove the ignition key from the ignition key cylinder.
• Open each door.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 228
Dr door unlock
ON
Item 254
IG voltage
1 V or less
Item 256
Dr door ajar switch
Open
Item 257
As door ajar switch
Open
Item 258
RR door ajar switch
Open
Item 259
RL door ajar switch
Open
Item 264
Handle lock switch
Key in → Key
out
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for all
the items.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :
Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 228.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 4 "The front door lock
actuator (driver’s side) signal is not
received" P.54A-315.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received" P.54A-313.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 256.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
switch (driver’s side) signal is not received"
P.54A-316.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 257.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 6 "The front door
switch (passenger’s side) signal is not
received" P.54A-317.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 258.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 7 "The rear door
switch (RH) signal is not received"
P.54A-318.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 259.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 8 "The rear door
switch (LH) signal is not received"
P.54A-318.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 264.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 3 "Key reminder
switch signal is not received" P.54A-314.
STEP 4. Front room lamp bulb check
Check that the front room lamp bulb is normal.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the front room lamp bulb.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in (LP+1, LP+2,
LP+3&LP+4) line between the front room lamp
connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in (RLP-1,
RLP-2&RLP-3) line between the front room lamp
connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the front room lamp connector and
body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the front room lamp, and then go to
Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-163
STEP 8. Retest the system
Check that the front room lamp illuminates/extinguishes normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: The rear room lamp does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
OPERATION
The ETACS-ECU illuminates and extinguishes the
rear room lamp in accordance with the input signals
below.
• Ignition switch (IG1)
• Key reminder switch
• Door switches
• Front door lock actuator (driver’s side)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Front room lamp operation check
Check that the front room lamp illuminates and extinguishes normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "The front
room lamp does not illuminate normally."
P.54A-161.
STEP 2. Rear room lamp bulb check
Check that the rear room lamp bulb is normal.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the rear room lamp bulb.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in (LP+1, LP+2,
LP+3&LP+4) line between the rear room lamp
connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
If this does not work normally, the above switch input
circuit(s), rear room lamp, or ETACS-ECU may have
a problem.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
PROBABLE CAUSES
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in (RLP-1,
RLP-2&RLP-3) line between the rear room lamp
connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch
• Malfunction of door switch
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator
(driver’s side)
• Malfunction of rear room lamp
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the rear room lamp connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
54A-164
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
YES : Replace the rear room lamp, and then go to
Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Retest the system
Check that the rear room lamp illuminates/extinguishes normally.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 3: The luggage compartment lamp does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
OPERATION
The ETACS-ECU illuminates and extinguishes the
luggage compartment lamp in accordance with the
input signals from tailgate lock actuator <vehicles
without electric tailgate> or tailgate latch <vehicles
with electric tailgate>.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If this does not work normally, the tailgate lock actuator <vehicles without electric tailgate> or tailgate
latch <vehicles with electric tailgate> input circuit,
luggage compartment lamp, or ETACS-ECU may
have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of tailgate lock actuator <vehicles
without electric tailgate> or tailgate latch <vehicles with electric tailgate>
• Malfunction of luggage compartment lamp
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signals related to the operation of luggage compartment
lamp.
• Open the tailgate.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 260
Gate ajar switch
Open
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 9 "The tailgate lock
actuator <vehicles without electric tailgate>
or tailgate latch <vehicles with electric
tailgate> signal is not received" P.54A-319.
STEP 3. Luggage compartment lamp bulb check
Check that the luggage compartment lamp bulb is
normal.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the luggage compartment lamp
bulb.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in (LP+1, LP+2,
LP+3&LP+4) line between the luggage
compartment lamp connector and ETACS-ECU
connector.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
STEP 5. Check of open circuit in GLP- line
between the luggage compartment lamp
connector and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in earth line
between the luggage compartment lamp
connector and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
54A-165
YES : Replace the luggage compartment lamp,
and then go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the luggage compartment lamp illuminates and extinguishes normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 4: The interior lamp automatic shutoff function does not work normally.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The ETACS-ECU operates the interior lamp automatic shutoff function in accordance with the input
signals below.
• Ignition switch (ACC)
• Ignition switch (IG1)
• Door switches
If this function does not work normally, these input
signal circuit(s) or the ETACS-ECU may have a problem. Also, "Interior lamp auto cut timer" may be set to
"Disable" through customisation.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of door switch
• Malfunction of the room lamp
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Customise function check
Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to check to
see which of the followings other than "Disable" the
"Interior lamp auto cut timer" is set.
• 3 minutes
• 30 minutes
• 60 minutes
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to
set the "Interior lamp auto cut timer" to other
than "Disable" (Refer to P.54A-166).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-166
INTERIOR LAMP
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the signals related to the interior lamp automatic shutoff
function.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
• Open each door.
Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :
Go to Step 4.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received" P.54A-313.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 288.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Inspection Procedure 1 "The ignition switch
(ACC) signal is not received" P.54A-312.
Item 254
IG voltage
1 V or less
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 256.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Item 288
ACC switch
OFF
Item 256
Dr door ajar switch
Open
Item 257
As door ajar switch
Open
Item 258
RR door ajar switch
Open
Item 259
RL door ajar switch
Open
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for all
the items.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
switch (driver’s side) signal is not received"
P.54A-316.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 257.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 6 "The front door
switch (passenger’s side) signal is not
received" P.54A-317.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 258.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 7 "The rear door
switch (RH) signal is not received"
P.54A-318.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 259.
:
Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 8 "The rear door
switch (LH) signal is not received"
P.54A-318.
STEP 4. Retest the system
Check that the interior lamp automatic shutoff function works normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CUSTOMISE FUNCTION
M1541301200585
By operating the M.U.T.-III ETACS system, the following functions can be customised. The programmed information is held even when the battery
is disconnected.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-167
INTERIOR LAMP
Adjustment
item (M.U.T.-III
display)
Adjustment item
Room lamp
Adjustment of
delay timer with interior lamp delay
door
shutdown time
Interior lamp
auto cut timer
Adjustment of
interior lamp
automatic shutdown
function operation
time
Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display)
Adjusting content
0 sec
0 second (no delay shutdown time)
7.5 sec
7.5 seconds
15 sec
15 seconds (initial condition)
30 sec
30 seconds
60 sec
60 seconds
120 sec
120 seconds
180 sec
180 seconds
Disable
No function
3 min
3 minutes
30 min
30 minutes (initial condition)
60 min
60 minutes
INTERIOR LAMP
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541301000332
FRONT ROOM LAMP
Section A – A
A
Bracket
Front of vehicle
4
9
A
3
3
Headlining
8
4
7
6
AC705372
NOTE
: Claw positions
: Hook positions
5
2
1
ACB05447 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-168
<<A>>
INTERIOR LAMP
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Removal steps
Front room lamp lens LH
Front room lamp lens RH
Front room lamp bulb
Front room lamp
Front room lamp cover
Downlight unit
>>A<<
7.
8.
9.
Removal steps (Continued)
Microphone unit
Sunroof switch
Front room lamp body
REAR ROOM LAMP, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP
3
4
2
1
NOTE
: Claw positions
ACB05448 AB
1.
2.
•
3.
4.
1.
2.
•
3.
4.
Rear room lamp removal steps
Rear room lamp lens
Rear room lamp bulb
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Headlining ).
Room lamp clip
Rear room lamp body
Luggage compartment lamp
removal steps
Luggage compartment lamp lens
Luggage compartment lamp bulb
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Headlining ).
Room lamp clip
Luggage compartment lamp body
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> FRONT ROOM LAMP REMOVAL
Push the front room lamp toward the vehicle rear to
bend the hook, and then remove by disengaging the
claw from the headlining.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< MICROPHONE UNIT INSTALLATION
Arrow
AC904158 AB
Install the microphone unit so that the arrow face
toward the driver's seat.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
54A-169
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541700200568
Pre-removal Operation
• Tailgate Upper Trim Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Tailgate Trim ).
1
Post-installation Operation
• Tailgate Upper Trim Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Tailgate Trim ).
Section A – A
Tailgate
A
1
A
NOTE
: Claw positions
: Hook positions
ACB05849
ACB05603 AB
<<A>>
1.
Removal
High-mounted stop lamp assembly
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
ACB05850
1. Insert a flat-tipped screwdriver into the service
hole on the tailgate, and then push up the hook.
2. Push the high-mounted stop lamp assembly down
to release the hook, and then remove by
disengaging the claw from the tailgate.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-170
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541900200506
4
1
Section A – A
1
3
Hook
A
Claw
2
Tailgate
A
AC507181
ACB05604 AB
<<A>>
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removal steps
Licence plate lamp assembly
Licence plate lamp lens
Licence plate lamp bulb
Licence plate lamp socket
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> LICENCE PLATE LAMP ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Push the licence plate lamp assembly to the left to
bend the hook, and then remove by disengaging the
claw from the tailgate.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541500100330
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Service data test check.
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communication
)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communication
)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
54A-171
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-172
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicatio
n Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with
CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles
without CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send simulated
vehicle speed. If you connect
M.U.T.-III main harness B instead,
the CAN communication does not
function correctly.
Service data test check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply circuit
c. For checking power supply circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-173
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1541500700332
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1541501400141
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Trouble symptom
Reference page
The hazard warning lamps do not illuminate.
P.54A-173
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
The hazard warning lamps do not illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the hazard warning lamps do not illuminate, the
hazard warning lamp switch input circuit in centre
panel unit or the ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of centre panel unit
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check that the turn-signal lamps
operate.
Check that the turn-signal lamps illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Diagnose the headlamps. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 10 "The turn-signal
lamps do not illuminate" P.54A-105.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
Using the ETACS-ECU service data, check the hazard warning lamp signal.
• Turn ON the hazard lamp switch.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 265
Hazard switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 10 "The hazard
warning lamp switch signal is not received"
P.54A-320.
STEP 3. Retest the system
Check that the hazard warning lamps illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-174
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
CHECK
M1541501100311
Using the M.U.T.-III, check the data list of ETACS. It
is judged normal if the display turns ON when the
hazard warning lamp switch is pressed, or OFF when
not pressed for the item No. 265: Hazard switch.
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541501000358
Pre-removal Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A
− Instrument Panel Assembly ).
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
Hazard warning switch
NOTE
: Claw positions
ACB05534 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-175
HORN
HORN
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
HORN RELAY CHECK
M1542100400712
Battery voltage
Terminal Normal
number condition
At no energisation
3−4
With current supply
[terminal 1 (+), terminal 2
(−)]
ACB04408
ACB05796 AB
No
continuity
Continuity
exists (2 Ω
or less)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-176
HORN
HORN
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1542100201142
Pre-removal Operation
• Front Bumper Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 −
Front Bumper Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Front Bumper Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 51
− Front Bumper Assembly ).
23 ± 9 N·m
23 ± 9 N·m
1
2
>>A<<
>>A<<
1.
2.
Removal steps
Horn (HI)
Horn (LO)
ACB05663AB
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< HORN INSTALLATION
AC805322
Use the earth bolt as the mounting bolt for horn. The
earth bolt has "E" mark on the bolt head.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
54A-177
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK
SENSOR)
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540701900169
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
M.U.T.-III diagnosis code display,
a. Vehicle
communication service data display
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communication
)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communication
)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-178
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
communication
interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A (for
vehicles with
CAN
communication
)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B (for
vehicles
without CAN
communication
)
e. Measuring
adapter
harness
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send the
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness B
instead, CAN communication
does not function correctly.
M.U.T.-III diagnosis code display,
service data display
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply circuit
c. For checking power supply circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
Tool
54A-179
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540700600154
Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points − Contents of Troubleshooting.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1540700500038
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
1. When the ultrasonic noise is received, the bass
toned buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will be
resumed immediately.
2. When the abnormality such as the open circuit of
a sensor occurs, the sensor turns OFF and the
high toned buzzer sounds for 5 seconds. When
the normal signal is received, the normal state
will be resumed.
3. When an abnormality occurs in the sensor, the
reversing sensor indicator keeps flashing with
0.8-second interval until the system returns to the
normal condition. However, if the system is
turned OFF by using the switch, the indicator
stops its flashing.
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
M1544300700070
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated
with other system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for
diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set,
erase them all.
Diagnosis code No.
Diagnosis item
Reference page
B253A
RR Corner sensor open and short
P.54A-180
B253B
RL Corner sensor open and short
B253C
RH Back sensor open and short
B253D
LH Back sensor open and short
U0141*
ETACS CAN timeout
P.54A-181
U0155*
Meter CAN timeout
P.54A-182
U1190
No receive fault detect signal
P.54A-183
*
NOTE: With the troubleshooting indicated with " ",
the ON/OFF switch indicator or buzzer sound will not
be activated.
54A-180
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No. B253A RR Corner sensor open and short
Code No. B253B RL Corner sensor open and short
Code No. B253C RR Back sensor open and short
Code No. B253D RL Back sensor open and short
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
• During the transmission/reception operation of
each sensor, when the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU detects an open circuit abnormality or
short circuit between the sensor and corner sensor/back sensor-ECU, or when there is an error
with the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU internal
monitor, the ECU sets one of the diagnosis codes
No. B253A, No. B253B, No. B253C, and No.
B253D.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINT
•
•
•
•
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Sensor malfunction
Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
Internal monitor error of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the following wiring harness.
• Check of open circuit, short to power supply,
short to earth circuit in SRR, SGN4 line between
rear corner sensor (RH) connector and corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
• Check of open circuit, short to power supply,
short to earth circuit in SRL, SGN3 line between
rear corner sensor (LH) connector and corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
• Check of open circuit, short to power supply,
short to earth circuit in SBRH, SGN1 line
between back sensor (RH) connector and corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
• Check of open circuit, short to power supply,
short to earth circuit in SBLH, SGN2 line between
back sensor (LH) connector and corner sensor/back sensor-ECU.
Q: Are all the wiring harness wires in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 2. Confirm which reversing sensor (corner
sensor/back sensor) does not detect the
obstacle.
Q: Which reversing sensor (corner sensor/back
sensor) does not detect the obstacle?
Rear corner sensor (RH) : Go to Step 3.
Rear corner sensor (LH) : Go to Step 4.
Back sensor (RH) : Go to Step 5.
Back sensor (LH) : Go to Step 6.
STEP 3. Diagnosis code recheck
Temporarily replace the rear corner sensor (RH), and
then check if the diagnosis code No. B253A is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : Replace the rear corner sensor (RH).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Temporarily replace the rear corner sensor (LH), and
then check if the diagnosis code No. B253B is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : Replace the rear corner sensor (LH).
STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
Temporarily replace the back sensor (RH), and then
check if the diagnosis code No. B253C is set.
54A-181
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : Replace the back sensor (RH).
STEP 6. Diagnosis code recheck
Temporarily replace the back sensor (LH), and then
check if the diagnosis code No. B253D is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : Replace the back sensor (LH).
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Code No. U0141 ETACS CAN timeout
•
•
•
•
CAUTION
If the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
The corner sensor/back sensor-ECU sets diagnosis
code No.U0141 when it cannot receive signals from
the ETACS-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The corner sensor/back sensor-ECU cannot receive
the signal from the ETACS-ECU via the CAN bus
line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting − CAN Bus
Diagnosis Chart ).
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set to
engine-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 3. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
54A-182
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No. U0155 Meter CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU, combination meter
or sensor, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communication
circuit are normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
The corner sensor/back sensor-ECU sets diagnosis
code No.U0155 when it cannot receive signals from
the combination meter.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The corner sensor/back sensor-ECU cannot receive
the signal from the combination meter via the CAN
bus line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting − CAN Bus
Diagnosis Chart ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-39.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU and the combination meter
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54A-183
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU and the combination meter
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U1190 No receive fault detect signal
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U1190 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the signals from the ETACS-ECU cannot be
received, the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU sets
the diagnosis code No.U1190.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Check Conditions
• When all the following conditions are met.
a. Power supply mode: ON
b. ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10 to 16 V.
Judgment Criterion
• After the following condition is met, 5,000 ms or
more have elapsed.
a. CAN signal from the ETACS-ECU cannot be
received.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 54A, Troubleshooting P.54A-281).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
SRS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the engine switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
54A-184
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1547001501207
Trouble symptom
Inspection Reference
procedure page
number
The reversing sensor system does not operate.
1
P.54A-184
The reversing sensor indicator does not illuminate.
2
P.54A-185
The system cannot be activated or deactivated even when the sonar switch is
pressed.
3
P.54A-186
One or more of the reversing sensor (corner sensor/back sensor) does not detect 4
the obstacle.
P.54A-187
The reversing sensor indicator keeps flashing.
5
Obstacle is not detected even when the selector lever is shifted to "R" (reverse)
position.
6
P.54A-188
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The reversing sensor system does not operate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the Reversing sensor system does not work at all
even when the ignition switch is turned "ON", the
power supply system, corner sensor/back sensor-ECU or ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Voltage measurement at corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU connector (IG terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU connector (IG terminal)
and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in IG line between
ETACS-ECU connector and corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS − Input Signal
Procedures − Inspection Procedure 2 "The
ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received"
P.54A-313.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU connector (PGND
terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU connector (PGND
terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check of open circuit in PGND line
between corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
connector and body earth.
54A-185
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU temporarily, and then check the
trouble symptom.
Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU temporarily, then check if the corner sensors operate.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 2: The reversing sensor indicator does not illuminate.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the reversing indicator does not illuminate, the wiring harness, connectors, corner sensor/back sensor-ECU, or ETACS-ECU may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Sonar switch check
Check the indicator. (Refer to P.54A-193)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the sonar switch.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS − Diagnosis Code
Chart P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at sonar switch
connector (power supply terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the sonar switch
connector (power supply terminal) and body
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in IG1 line between
ETACS-ECU connector and sonar switch
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
54A-186
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS − Inspection
Procedure 2 "The ignition switch (IG1)
signal is not received" P.54A-313.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ING line between
corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector and
sonar switch connector.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Retest the system
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 3: The system cannot be activated or deactivated even when the sonar switch
is pressed.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the reversing sensor system ON/OFF cannot be
switched even when the sonar switch is pressed, the
harness, connector(s), sonar switch, or corner sensor/back sensor-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of sonar switch
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. sonar switch check
Inspect the corner sensor switch for normal operation. (Refer to P.54A-193)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the sonar switch.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at sonar
switch connector (earth terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the sonar switch
connector (earth terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line sonar
switch connector and the body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in SW line between sonar
switch connector and corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
54A-187
Inspection Procedure 4: One or more of the reversing sensor (corner sensor/back sensor) does not
detect the obstacle.
Inspection Procedure 5: The reversing sensor indicator keeps flashing.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If one or more of the reversing sensors (corner sensor/back sensor) cannot detect obstacles, the wires
and connectors, reversing sensors (corner sensor/back sensor), or the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU may have abnormalities. Also, if one or
more of the sensors has an abnormality (open circuit,
malfunction, etc.), the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU informs the abnormality by making the
reversing sensor indicator flash.
NOTE: .
• If the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU detects an
abnormality (open circuit, malfunction, etc.) with
one or more of the sensors, it turns off the relevant sensor and sounds the high toned buzzer for
5 seconds. The reversing sensor indicator illuminates while the system is being operated until the
relevant sensor returns to normal.
• If ultrasonic noise is received with one or more of
the sensor, the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
sounds the low toned buzzer continuously. When
the ultrasonic noise is stopped, the sensor
returns to normal. (The reversing sensor indicator
does not flash.)
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of reversing sensor (corner sensor/back sensor)
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the reversing sensor (corner
sensor/back sensor) for interference.
Q: Are there anything that interferes with the
communication (things that generate radio waves
such as magnets and an air-cleaning device that
has a power plug) near the reversing sensor
(corner sensor/back sensor)?
YES : Move away or remove things that interfere
with the communication (things that
generate radio waves such as magnets and
a air-cleaning device that has a power plug)
near the reversing sensor (corner
sensor/back sensor).
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the reversing sensor (corner sensor/back sensor).
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to P.54A-179.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Trouble symptom recheck
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
54A-188
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
Inspection Procedure 6: Obstacle is not detected even when the selector lever is shifted to "R"
(Reverse) position.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate
because of noise from the plate. (When the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will
be resumed immediately.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If obstacle is not detected even when the selector
lever is shifted to "R" (reverse) position, the wiring
harness, connectors, inhibitor switch, or corner sensor/back sensor-ECU may be defective. In addition,
obstacle is not detected when the ultrasonic noise is
received.
NOTE: If ultrasonic noise is received with the sensor,
the corner sensor/bock sensor sounds the low toned
buzzer continuously and turns off the system. When
the ultrasonic noise is stopped, the sensor returns to
normal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the inhibitor switch
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting − CAN Bus
Diagnosis Chart ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS − Diagnosis Code
Chart P.54A-281).
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check the reversing sensor (corner
sensor/back sensor) for interference.
Q: Is there anything that interferes with the
communication (things that generate radio waves
such as magnets and an air-cleaning device that
has a power plug) near the reversing sensor
(corner sensor/back sensor)?
YES : Move away or remove things that interfere
with the communication (things that
generate radio waves such as magnets and
a air-cleaning device that has a power plug)
near the reversing sensor (corner
sensor/back sensor).
NO : Go to Step 4
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (BLP1 terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, and
move the selector lever to the "R" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (BLP1 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10
NO : Go to Step 5
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in BLP1 line between
ETACS-ECU connector and inhibitor switch
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Voltage measurement at inhibitor switch
connector (power supply terminal).
(1) Disconnect B-109 inhibitor switch connector, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the inhibitor switch
connector (power supply terminal) and body
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9
NO : Go to Step 7
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
STEP 7. M.U.T.-III other system service data
Check the input signal from the ignition switch (IG1)
in the ETACS-ECU.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 254
IG voltage
System voltage
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS − Inspection
Procedure 2 "The ignition switch (IG1)
signal is not received" P.54A-313.
STEP 8. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in power supply line
between fusible link and inhibitor switch
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-189
STEP 9. Check the inhibitor switch.
Check the continuity of the inhibitor switch (Refer to
GROUP 23A − On-vehicle Service − Inhibitor Switch
Continuity Check ).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the inhibitor switch.
STEP 10. Retest the system
Check if an obstacle is detected when the selector
lever is shifted to the "R" (Reverse) position.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU.
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
M1544302200060
The following items of the ECU input data can be
read using M.U.T.-III.
NOTE: Some items are not displayed on M.U.T.-III
according to the information in the ECU.
Item No.
Check item
Check condition
Display
5
RR Corner sensor
−
0 − 25 cm
25 − 40 cm
40 − 60 cm
No detect
6
RL Corner sensor
−
0 − 25 cm
25 − 40 cm
40 − 60 cm
No detect
9
RH Back sensor (Back warning)
−
0 − 40 cm
40 − 60 cm
60 − 80 cm
80 − 100 cm
100 − 120 cm
120 − 150 cm
No detect
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-190
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
Item No.
Check item
Check condition
Display
10
LH Back sensor (Back warning)
−
0 − 40 cm
40 − 60 cm
60 − 80 cm
80 − 100 cm
100 − 120 cm
120 − 150 cm
No detect
CHECK AT ECU TERMINALS
M1540701400465
AC900564AJ
Terminal Terminal Check item
No.
code
Check condition
Normal condition
1
−
−
−
−
2
SW
Sonar switch (System
ON/OFF switch)
• Ignition switch: "ON" position
• Sonar switch input: "OFF"
System voltage
• Ignition switch: "ON" position
• Sonar switch input: "ON"
1 V or less
3−4
−
−
−
−
5
SRL
Rear corner sensor (LH)
• Ignition switch to "ON"
position
• Sonar switch: ON
0V − Approximately 8V
(40 kHz pulse signal,
emitted approx. every
240 ms)
6
SRR
Rear corner sensor (RH)
• Ignition switch to "ON"
position
• Sonar switch: ON
0V − Approximately 8V
(40 kHz pulse signal,
emitted approx. every
240ms)
7
SBLH
Back sensor (LH)
• Ignition switch to "ON"
position
• Sonar switch: ON
0V − Approximately 8V
(40kHz pulse signal,
emitted approx. every
240 ms)
8
SBRH
Back sensor (RH)
• Ignition switch to "ON"
position
• Sonar switch: ON
0V − Approximately 8V
(40 kHz pulse signal,
emitted approx. every
240 ms)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
54A-191
Terminal Terminal Check item
No.
code
Check condition
Normal condition
9 − 10
−
−
−
−
11
IND
Corner sensor OFF
indicator lamp output
(System ON/OFF
indicator)
• Ignition switch: "ON" position
• Sonar switch input: "OFF"
System voltage
• Ignition switch: "ON" position
• Sonar switch input: "ON"
1 V or less
12
SGN1
Sensor earth 1
Always
1 V or less
13
IG
Power supply to the
ignition switch (IG1)
Ignition switch: "ON" position
System voltage
14 − 18
−
−
−
−
19
CNMH
CAN-C-Mid_H
−
−
20
CNML
CAN-C-Mid_L
−
−
21
SGN2
Sensor earth 2
Always
1 V or less
22
SGN3
Sensor earth 3
Always
1 V or less
23
SGN4
Sensor earth 4
Always
1 V or less
24
PGND
Earth
Always
1 V or less
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER
SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544300100090
Pre-removal Operation
• Rear Bumper Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 −
Rear Bumper Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Rear Bumper Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 51
− Rear Bumper Assembly ).
1
2
Rear corner sensor
Back sensor
ACB05666 AB
1.
2.
Rear corner sensor removal
steps
Clip
Rear corner sensor
1.
2.
Back sensor removal steps
Clip
Back sensor
54A-192
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
CORNER SENSOR/BACK
SENSOR-ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544302400031
Pre-removal Operation
• Radio and CD Player Removal (Refer to P.54A-233)
<Vehicles without MMCS>.
• Multivision Display Removal (Refer to P.54A-238) <Vehicles with MMCS>.
Post-installation Operation
• Radio and CD Player Installation (Refer to P.54A-233)
<Vehicles without MMCS>.
• Multivision Display Installation (Refer to P.54A-238)
<Vehicles with MMCS>.
Corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
ACB05667 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR)
54A-193
SONAR SWITCH (CORNER SENSOR
SWITCH)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544302300034
Pre-removal Operation
• Instrument Panel Lower Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A
− Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles without Knee
Air Bag>.
• Instrument Panel Lower LH Removal (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles with Knee
Air Bag>.
Post-installation Operation
• Instrument Panel Lower Installation (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles without
Knee Air Bag>.
• Instrument Panel Lower LH Installation (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles with Knee
Air Bag>.
Sonar switch
SONAR SWITCH CHECK
M1540701800270
ON/OFF CHECK
ACB05547 AB
Switch position
Terminal
number
Normal
condition
ON (switch pushed)
10 − 13
Continuity
exists (2 Ω
or less)
Indicator
OFF (switch released)
No
continuity
INDICATOR CHECK
ACB05548AB
Apply the battery voltage to the connector terminal
No. 9, earth the terminal No. 14, and then check that
the indicator illuminates.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-194
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1542300700104
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness A (for
vehicles with CAN
communication)
c. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
communication)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
M.U.T.-III diagnosis code display,
service data display
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Tool
a
MB991824
b
54A-195
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
communication
interface (V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A (for
vehicles with CAN
communication)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
communication)
e. Measuring adapter
harness
f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send the
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, CAN communication
does not function correctly.
M.U.T.-III diagnosis code display,
service data display
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Wiring harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at wiring harness or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-196
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at wiring harness or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1542300800242
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1542301100020
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Inspection
Trouble symptom
Procedure No.
Reference
page
1
The accessory socket does not work.
P.54A-196
2
The cigarette lighter does not work.
P.54A-197
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The accessory socket does not work.
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
OPERATION
When the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position, the accessory socket can be used.
NOTE: The maximum load of accessory socket is
120 W.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the accessory socket cannot be used even when
the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position,
ETACS-ECU, accessory socket itself, or accessory
socket power supply circuit may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of accessory socket
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting P.54A-312.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system data list
Check the input signal of ACC relay. (ETACS-ECU)
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 288
ACC switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
"The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not
received" P.54A-312.
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at accessory
socket connector (ASK2 terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-197
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" or "ON"
position.
(3) Check the voltage between the accessory socket
connector (ASK2 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ASK2 line between
accessory socket and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Resistance measurement at accessory
socket connector (earth terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure the
resistance available at the wiring harness side of
the connector.
(2) Measure the resistance between the accessory
socket connector (earth terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check of open circuit in earth line
between accessory socket connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check if the accessory socket power is turned ON.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the accessory socket.
Inspection Procedure 2: The cigarette lighter does not work.
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
OPERATION
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
When the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position, the cigarette lighter can be used.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the cigarette lighter cannot be used even when the
ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position,
ETACS-ECU, cigarette lighter itself, or cigarette
lighter power supply circuit may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of cigarette lighter
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting .
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system data list
Check the input signal of ACC relay. (ETACS-ECU)
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 288
ACC switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
"The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not
received" P.54A-312.
54A-198
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
STEP 3. Cigarette lighter check
Refer to P.54A-198.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the cigarette lighter. Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at cigarette lighter
connector (CIG1 terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
(3) Check the voltage between the cigarette lighter
connector (CIG1 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in CIG1 line between
cigarette lighter and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in earth line
between cigarette lighter connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 8. Retest the system
Check that the cigarette lighter operates normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the cigarette lighter.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CIGARETTE LIGHTER CHECK
M1542200300079
1. Remove the plug and check the spot wear.
2. Check if cigarette butts or foreign materials are
deposited to the element.
Element
STEP 6. Resistance measurement at cigarette
lighter connector (earth terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure the
resistance available at the wiring harness side of
the connector.
(2) Measure the resistance between the cigarette
lighter connector (earth terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
Plug
Spot
AC102585AE
3. Using an ohmmeter, check that the element
resistance is 1.7 Ω.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
54A-199
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1542301400203
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Pre-removal Operation
• Centre Lower Box Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Centre Lower Box Assembly Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Cigarette lighter
ACB05455AB
ACCESSORY SOCKET
Pre-removal Operation
• Rear Floor Console Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP
52A − Rear Floor Console ).
Post-installation Operation
• Rear Floor Console Assembly Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Rear Floor Console ).
1
2
ACB05456AB
< <A> >
1.
2.
Removal steps
Accessory socket
Accessory socket cover
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-200
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL
Accessory
socket
Push
Flat-tipped
screwdriver
Claw
Accessory
socket cover
AC506902 AB
Lift the accessory socket cover craw, then remove by
pressing down the accessory socket.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-201
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1543100200346
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code, service data and
a. Vehicle
communicatio actuator test check.
n
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n)
d. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
short
e. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-202
COLUMN SWITCH
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicati
on Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III
USB cable
c. M.U.T.-III
main harness
A (Vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
main harness
B (Vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness B
instead, the CAN communication
does not function correctly.
Diagnosis code, service data and
actuator test check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check
harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-203
COLUMN SWITCH
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE
M1543100300387
M1543101200134
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
NOTE: The ETACS-ECU sets a diagnosis code.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1543101300119
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
Diagnosis code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
B2350
Lighting switch malfunction
P.54A-203
B2351
Wiper/washer switch malfunction
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No.B2350 Lighting switch malfunction
Code No.B2351 Wiper/washer switch malfunction
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
The ETACS-ECU receives the signals related to
lighting and wiper/washer from the column switch. If
the fail information data is included in the signal from
column switch, the diagnosis code No. B2350 (lighting switch) or B2351 (wiper/washer switch) is stored.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The lighting switch, wiper/washer switch or the
ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of lighting switch (with built-in column-ECU)
• Malfunction of wiper/washer switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code No. B2350 or B2351
is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-204
COLUMN SWITCH
Code No. B2351 is set. : Go to Step 2.
Code No. B2350 is set. : Go to Step 3.
No diagnosis code is set. : The trouble can be an
intermittent malfunction (GROUP 00 − How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Replace the wiper/washer switch.
(2) Erase the diagnosis code.
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(4) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Replace the lighting switch (with built-in
column-ECU).
(2) Erase the diagnosis code.
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(4) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
COLUMN SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1543100700761
LIGHTING SWITCH, WIPER/WASHER SWITCH
Pre-removal Operation
• Steering Column Lower Cover and Steering Column
Upper Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 37 − Steering
Shaft ).
Post-installation Operation
• Steering Column Lower Cover and Steering Column
Upper Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 37 − Steering
Shaft ).
1
2
ACB05748AB
1.
2.
Removal steps
Lighting switch (with built-in
column-ECU)
Wiper/washer switch
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-205
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH BODY
CAUTION
• Before removing the steering wheel and driver’s air bag module assembly, refer to GROUP 52B −
Service Precautions and Driver’s Air Bag Module and Clock Spring .
• After the installation, perform a calibration for the ASC-ECU to learn the steering wheel sensor
neutral point. (Refer to GROUP 35C − On-vehicle Service, Steering Wheel Sensor Calibration )
<Vehicles with ASC>.
Pre-removal Operation
• Steering Wheel Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 37
− Steering ).
• Steering Column Lower Cover and Steering Column
Upper Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 37 − Steering
Shaft ).
Post-installation Operation
• Steering Column Lower Cover and Steering Column
Upper Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 37 − Steering
Shaft ).
• Steering Wheel Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP
37 − Steering ).
2
4
3
1
ACB05749AB
<<A>> >>A<< 1.
2.
3.
4.
Removal steps
Column switch assembly
Lighting switch (with built-in
column-ECU)
Wiper/washer switch
Column switch body
A
A
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> COLUMN SWITCH ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL
Section A – A
Claw
ACB06019 AB
Band clump pin
AC904931AC
1. Using a pliers or similar tool, pinch and lift the
band clump pin shown in the figure.
2. With the flat-tipped screwdriver inserted into the
column shaft groove shown in the figure, lift the
claw shown in Section A − A, and then remove the
column switch assembly by pulling out the column
switch assembly.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-206
COLUMN SWITCH
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< COLUMN SWITCH ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
Groove
2
1 Band clump pin
3
A
1. Using a pliers or similar tool, pinch and lift the
band clump pin shown in the figure.
2. Align the part "A" position in the figure with the
steering lock side rib, and then insert the column
switch assembly into the column shaft.
3. After mounting the column switch assembly by
securely fitting the column switch assembly claw
with the column shaft groove, release the band
clump pin.
AC905485AC
WIPER/WASHER SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK
M1543101700292
<VEHICLES WITHOUT RAIN SENSITIVE
AUTO WIPER>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Switch position
Tester
Specified
connectio condition
n
Rear wiper switch
8 − 11
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
<VEHICLES WITH RAIN SENSITIVE AUTO
WIPER>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
AC605524AC
Switch position
Tester
Specified
connectio condition
n
OFF
−
Open circuit
Windshield
intermittent wiper
interval adjusting
knob
8−3
Operating the
adjusting knob
changes the
resistance.
Switch position
Windshield
wiper switch
8−4
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Tester
Specified
connectio condition
n
OFF
−
Open circuit
Windshield rain
sensitive wiper
function adjusting
knob
8−3
Operating the
adjusting knob
changes the
resistance.
HI
INT
8−5
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
LO
8−6
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
MIST 8 − 10
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Windshield washer
switch
8−7
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Rear washer switch
8−9
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
AC702391AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-207
COLUMN SWITCH
Switch position
Tester
Specified
connectio condition
n
Windshield
wiper switch
8−4
HI
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
AUT 8 − 5
O
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
8−6
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
LO
MIST 8 − 10
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
2. Check that the continuity is present for the same
terminal numbers (No. 2−11) of the column switch
body connectors that remain on the steering column.
Wiper/washer
switch side
Lighting
switch side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
AC904763AC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Windshield washer
switch
8−7
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Rear washer switch
8−9
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Column switch Terminal
body
number
Rear wiper switch
8 − 11
Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Lighting switch
side connector
Wiper/washer
switch side
connector
COLUMN SWITCH BODY CONTINUITY
CHECK
M1543101000475
1. Remove the lighting switch and wiper/washer
switch (Refer to P.54A-204).
2−2
3−3
4−4
5−5
6−6
7−7
8−8
9−9
10 − 10
11 − 11
Normal
condition
Continuity
exists (2 Ω or
less)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-208
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1542000602845
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
Diagnosis code check.
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communication
)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communication
)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-209
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicatio
n Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with
CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles
without CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send simulated
vehicle speed. If you connect
M.U.T.-III main harness B instead,
the CAN communication does not
function correctly.
Diagnosis code check.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply circuit
c. For checking power supply circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-210
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
AUDIO ERROR CODES <VEHICLES WITHOUT DISPLAY AUDIO>
M1544018900379
If the radio and CD player detects any malfunction in
itself or the inserted CD, the error codes below will
be shown on the display.
Error code
Cause
Cause of trouble and its solution
CD
CHECK DISC
Focus error
These error codes will be shown if there is any
problem with the CD or there is excessive
vibration on the vehicle. If the error codes are not
displayed when the vehicle is stopped and
another CD is inserted, there is a problem with
the CD. Check if there is any of the following
problems with the CD.
• Contamination, scratch, or deformation
• Formation of moisture or grease
Repair the CD and insert it again. Then, check
that no error appears.
CD
DISC ERROR
Abnormal disc
CD
INTERNAL E
Mechanical error
CD
HEAT ERROR
Protection against high If the internal temperature is extremely high, this
temperature
error code will be shown. Turn off the radio and
CD player and wait audio until they cool down.
Wait for a while, and then turn on the radio and
CD player again. Check that the same error does
not appear.
USB
FILE ERROR
File error
Displayed when an unsupported file is attempted
to play. Change it with a supported file.
USB
USB BUS PWR
Overcurrent
abnormality
Displayed if there is any problem in the VBUS
terminal of the radio and CD player. Turn off the
radio and CD player. Wait for a while, and then
turn on the radio and CD player again. If the
error code does not disappear, proceed to "The
USB data cannot be replayed" (Refer to
P.54A-246).
USB
LSI ERROR
USB internal error
Displayed if there is any problem in the USB-LSI
in the radio and CD player. Turn off the radio and
CD player. Wait for a while, and then turn on the
radio and CD player again. If the error code is
displayed, replace the radio and CD player.
This error codes will be shown if there is any
internal mechanical or electrical problem in the
radio and CD player. Replace the radio and CD
player check that no error codes are shown.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-211
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Error code
Cause
Cause of trouble and its solution
USB
UNSUPPORTED FORMAT
Unsupported format
Displayed when the file format stored in the USB
device is not supported. Use a supported file
format.
USB
UNSUPPORTED DEVICE
Unsupported device
Displayed when an unsupported USB device is
connected. Change it with an supported USB
device.
iPod
NO SONG
No playable music file
is found.
No playable music file is stored in the iPod. Store
music files to the iPod®.
iPod
VER ERROR
iPod® cannot be
recognised
iPod® itself or software is not supported. Use the
supported iPod®.
ERROR DC
Detection abnormal
output to the speaker
This error code will be shown if the radio and CD
player has an internal error or is contaminated
with the foreign material, and there is a problem
with output to the speaker. If it is contaminated
with the foreign material, turn OFF the power.
Dry the foreign material if it is liquid, and remove
it if it is solid. Then, check if the error code is
displayed. If the error code is displayed, replace
the radio and CD player.
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1544004800528
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
1. While pressing the "MENU" button, press "A"
portion (shown in the illustration) on the display
briefly. Then press "B" portion for at least two
seconds.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1544013200449
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
Service
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Versions Indication
Monitor Adjustment
Serial Number Information
System Language Setting
Hands Free Module
Vehicle Setting
Memory Initialization
Previous
Next
SERVICE MODE <VEHICLES WITH
DISPLAY AUDIO>
Back
ACC00176
M1544020800012
HOW TO INITIATE THE SERVICE MODE
Service
12:00
MENU button
Service Data Log
CAN Comm Confirmation
B
Previous
Next
Back
A
ACC00177
ACC00328AB
HOW TO TERMINATE THE SERVICE
MODE
2. The service mode will be initiated. Then "Service"
screen will be displayed.
If the operations below are done, the service mode
will be terminated.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-212
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
• If "Back" button is selected on "Service" screen,
the service mode will terminate and then return to
the previous screen.
SERVICE MODE ITEM
The following items can be checked or set in the
service mode.
• Unit Diagnosis
• Monitor Adjustment
• System Language Setting
• Vehicle Setting
• Versions Indication
• Serial Number Information
• Hands Free Module
• Memory Initialization
• Service Data Log
• CAN Comm Confirmation
Unit Diagnosis
External Device Connection Check
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Ext. Device Conn. Check
Vehicle Signal Check
Speaker Check
S Meter Check
Back
12:00
Now checking the external device connection.
Confirming connection with external device.
Please wait.
ACC00179
12:00
External Device Connection Result
Rear Camera
OK
--
Premium AMP
OK
XX.XX.XX
DAB
--
HFM
OK
NG Code
XXXXXXX
Back
ACC00180
2. "Now checking the external device connection."
will appear, and then it will switch to "External
Device Connection Result" screen.
• If the connection with an equipment is detected,
"OK" will be displayed.
• If the connection with an equipment is not
detected, "--" will be displayed.
• In case other than above, "NG" is displayed.
ACC00178
1. Select "Ext. Device Conn. Check" button on "Unit
Diagnosis" screen.
12:00
NG Codes
Rear Camera
0000
Premium AMP
0001
DAB
2222
HFM
FFFF
ACC00181
3. If "NG" is displayed on the check result screen,
"NG code" will be displayed by pressing the
respective button on "External Device Connection
Result" screen.
NOTE: If "NG" is not displayed at all, "NG code"
button is not active.
Vehicle Signal Check
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-213
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
12:00
Speaker Check
Ext. Device Conn. Check
FTWL
Vehicle Signal Check
FL
C
FR
Speaker Check
RL
RR
S Meter Check
RGL
RW
Back
12:00
Vehicle Signal Check
Speed
Off
ILL
Off
Shift Position R
Off
Back
RGR
Back
ACC00178
1. Select "Vehicle Signal Check" on "Unit Diagnosis"
screen.
FTWR
ACC00183AB
2. Select a speaker to be checked, and play test
tone through the speaker.
NOTE: .
• By operating the volume key, the volume can
be changed.
• During the test, only the selected speaker
sounds. If "Back" is selected during the test,
the test tone will disappear.
S Meter Check
ACC00182
2. The current status of vehicle signal will be
displayed.
• "Speed": "ON" when the vehicle speed is 6 km/h
or more, and "OFF" when the vehicle speed is 4
km/h or less.
• "ILL": "ON" when the lighting switch is on (the tail
lamps or the headlamps are ON), and "OFF"
when the tail lamps or the headlamps are OFF.
• "Shift Position R": "ON" when the selector lever is
at R position, and "OFF" when it is at the other
position.
Speaker Check
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Ext. Device Conn. Check
Vehicle Signal Check
Speaker Check
S Meter Check
Back
ACC00178
1. Select "S Meter Check" button on "Unit
Diagnosis" screen.
12:00
S Meter Check
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
S Meter
6.30 dB V
Frequency
87.5 MHz
Ext. Device Conn. Check
Vehicle Signal Check
Back
Speaker Check
S Meter Check
ACC00184
Back
ACC00178
1. Select "Speaker Check" button on "Unit
Diagnosis" screen.
Monitor Adjustment
Monitor Check
2. Field intensity and frequency of the station
currently tuned is displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-214
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
12:00
Monitor Adjustment
Monitor Check
Touch Switch Confirmation
Touch Switch Revision
Back
ACC00185
1. Select "Monitor Check" button on "Monitor
Adjustment" screen.
AC611390AD
2. Eight colour bars are displayed.
AC611392AC
5. By touching the cross-hatch screen, it will be
switched to a monocolour vertical stripe screen.
AC611392AB
6. By touching the vertical stripe screen, it will be
switched to a full-scale white screen.
AC606321
AC611393AB
3. By touching the colour bar screen, it will be
switched to 16-gradient greyscale pattern.
Red frame
7. By touching the full-scale white screen, it will be
switched to a full-scale black screen.
AC611391AC
4. By touching the greyscale screen, it will be
switched to a cross-hatch pattern. (Check whether
the full-scale red frame is not misaligned)
AC606322
8. By touching the full-scale black screen, it will be
switched to a full-scale red screen.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-215
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Press the [MENU] key to complete
checking the touch switch.
AC606323
ACC00355AB
9. By touching the full-scale red screen, it will be
switched to a full-scale green screen.
ACC00778
2. If you touch the screen, the colour of the dotted
coordinate at the touched area will be changed.
AC606324
10.By touching the full-scale green screen, it will be
switched to a full-scale blue screen.
11.By touching the full-scale blue screen, it will be
switched back to "Monitor Adjustment" screen.
Touch Switch Revision
12:00
Monitor Adjustment
Touch Switch Confirmation
Monitor Check
Touch Switch Confirmation
Touch Switch Revision
12:00
Monitor Adjustment
Back
Monitor Check
ACC00185
Touch Switch Confirmation
Touch Switch Revision
Back
1. Select "Touch Switch Revision" button on "Monitor
Adjustment" screen.
ACC00185
1. Select "Touch Switch Confirmation" button on
"Monitor Adjustment" screen.
+
1
Please push center of[+] button from 1 to 5
+
2
+
5
3
+
Back
Set
4
+
ACC00186
2. Select "Set" button according to the instructions
on the screen.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-216
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
3. When the confirmation button is selected after the
adjustment, it will be switched back to "Monitor
Adjustment" screen.
12:00
Country Setting
System Language Setting
EU
GCC
NAS
ROW
RUS
DOM
AUS
Service
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Versions Indication
Monitor Adjustment
Serial Number Information
System Language Setting
Hands Free Module
Vehicle Setting
Memory Initialization
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00176
1. Select "System Language Setting" button on
"Service" screen.
Set
Back
ACC00188
2. If you select your destination and then select "Set"
button, it will be switched back to "Vehicle Setting"
screen.
NOTE: If you select "Back" button, it will be
switched back to "Vehicle Setting" screen without
saving edits.
Car Type Setting
System Language Settings
12:00
12:00
Vehicle Setting
English
Russian
French
Spanish
Japanese
Country Setting
Car Type Setting
Handle Setting
Back
Back
ACC00206
2. Select your desired language. After a language is
selected, it will be switched back to "Service"
screen.
NOTE: After a "Back" button is selected, it will be
also switched back to "Service" screen.
ACC00187
1. Select "Car Type Setting" button on "Vehicle
Setting" screen.
Car Type Setting
Vehicle Setting
Country Setting
12:00
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
12:00
Vehicle Setting
Set
Back
ACC00189
Country Setting
Car Type Setting
Handle Setting
Back
ACC00187
1. Select "Country Setting" button on "Vehicle
Setting" screen.
2. If you select your car type and then select "Set"
button, it will be switched back to "Vehicle Setting"
screen.
NOTE: If you select "Back" button, it will be
switched back to "Vehicle Setting" screen without
saving edits.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-217
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Handle Setting
12:00
Versions Indication
12:00
Vehicle Setting
Country Setting
Car Type Setting
Handle Setting
Main Microcomputer
X XXXXX XX.XX.XX
Media Microcomputer(Boot)
XX.XX.XX.XX
Media Microcomputer(Appli)
XXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XX
Certification IC
XX.XX.XX.XX
CAN Module
XXXXXX
Previous
Next
Back
Back
ACC00191
ACC00187
1. Select "Handle setting" button on "Vehicle Setting"
screen.
12:00
Versions Indication
CD Mechanism(Main/sub)
XX.XX XX.XX
Car Type
XX.XX.XX
12:00
Handle Setting
LHD
RHD
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00192
Set
Back
ACC00190
2. If you select your steering location (RHD or LHD)
then select "Set" button, it will be switched back to
"Vehicle Setting" screen.
NOTE: If you select "Back" button, it will be
switched back to "Vehicle Setting" screen without
saving edits.
Versions Indication
2. A version information will be displayed.
Serial Number Information
Service
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Versions Indication
Monitor Adjustment
Serial Number Information
System Language Setting
Hands Free Module
Vehicle Setting
Memory Initialization
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00176
Service
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Versions Indication
Monitor Adjustment
Serial Number Information
System Language Setting
Hands Free Module
Vehicle Setting
Memory Initialization
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00176
1. Select "Versions Indication" button on "Service"
screen.
1. Select "Serial Number Information" button on
"Service" screen.
Serial Number Information
Serial Number
XXXXXXXX
Part Number
XXXXXXXX
H/W Version
XX
Software Version
XXXXXX XX.XX.XX
12:00
Back
ACC00194
2. A hardware identification number will be
displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-218
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Hands Free Module
Refer or Hands Free-ECU − Service Mode
P.54A-256.
1. Select "Service Data Log" button on "Service"
screen.
Memory Initialization
CAUTION
Executing "Memory Initialization" will erase the
data stored by the customer. If you do so, it has
only to be in agreement with the customer.
Time
Item
Factor
1
12/01/01 13:48
Drive
28
2
12/01/01 13:45
AMP
0
3
12/01/01 13:43
Drive
20
Delete
Service
Unit Diagnosis
Versions Indication
Serial Number Information
System Language Setting
Hands Free Module
Vehicle Setting
Memory Initialization
Next
Back
ACC00176
1. Select "Memory Initialization" button on "Service"
screen.
12:00
Memory Initialization
Back
ACC00195
12:00
Monitor Adjustment
Previous
12:00
Service Data Log
2. The error log, which is stored during a system
failure (drive failure), will be displayed.
NOTE: .
• Up to ten error logs can be stored.
• The error logs in the list are sorted in descending order from new to old.
• When you select "Delete" button, all of the
stored error logs will be erased.
EACH LOG INFORMATION: FACTOR CODE
TABLE
Item
Factor
Produced log
number
Drive
20
Log concerning focus
21
Log concerning disc type
22
Log concerning disc
25
Log concerning SEEK
26
Log concerning servo
start-up
2. "Memory Initialization" screen will be displayed.
When you select "Start" button, the initialisation
process will be executed.
NOTE: After a "Back" button is selected, it will be
switched back to "Service" screen.
3. After the memory initialisation is successfully
completed, the system will restart automatically.
27
Log concerning power-On
28
Log concerning loading /
eject operation
29
Log concerning pick-up
operation
30
Log concerning state of
mechanism
Service Data Log
52
Log concerning TOC
reading
1
Log concerning high
temperature
2
Log concerning low
temperature
1
Log concerning high
temperature
Reset all settings and recorded data
to factory defaults.
After reset, restart the system.
[Start] reset of all data?
Start
Back
ACC00193
HDD
Service
12:00
Service Data Log
CAN Comm Confirmation
Monitor
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00177
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-219
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Item
Factor
number
Produced log
List of connected devices
Screen indication
Equipment
AMP
0
Log concerning
connection
HVAC
A/C-ECU
FCM
ETACS-ECU
15
Log concerning
communication
ORC
SRS-ECU
CCN
Combination meter
SP*1
1,2,8,15
Log concerning number of
speakers unexpected
WCM
Wireless control module
CAR*2
0 -12,
130, 131,
160, 192,
255
Log concerning vehicle
model unexpected
Version Indication
NOTE: *1: The log is displayed when the number of
speakers is unexpected.
*2
: The log is displayed when the vehicle model is
unexpected.
12:00
CAN Comm Confirmation
List Of Connection Equipment
Version Indication
CAN Module Memory Date Ind
CAN Comm Confirmation
List Of Connection Equipment
Back
ACC00196
12:00
CAN Comm Confirmation
1. Select "Versions Indication" button on "CAN
Comm Confirmation" screen.
List Of Connection Equipment
Version Indication
12:00
Version Indication
CAN Module Memory Date Ind
Back
ACC00196
Hardware
: XX.XX
Software
CAN Matrix
: XX.XX
CAN Driver : XX.XX
NM
: XX.XX
KWP2000
: XX.XX
TPMC
: XX.XX
DBCOM
: XX.XX
DIAG
: XXX
: XX.XX.XX
Back
1. Select "List Of Connection Equipment" button on
"CAN Comm Confirmation" screen.
ACC00198
2. A CAN version information will be displayed.
12:00
List Of Connection Equipment
HVAC
FCM
ORC
CCN
CAN Module Memory Data Indication
WCM
CAN Comm Confirmation
Back
ACC00356
12:00
List Of Connection Equipment
Version Indication
CAN Module Memory Date Ind
2. The system will search device(s), which are
connected via CAN, and display the list of the
devices.
Back
ACC00196
1. Select "CAN Module Memory Data Ind" button on
"CAN Comm Confirmation" screen.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-220
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
•
12:00
CAN Module Mem Data Ind
12:00
Coding Data
LHD_RHD_B
: LHD_RHD_SNA
Various Data
NUM_SP
: SNA
Coding Data
WCM_S_PRSNT
: Not Present
Chrono Stack
ENT_Model_Year
: 2000
ENT_VEN_Line
: VEH_SNA
Back
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00199
2. "CAN Module Memory Data Ind" will be displayed.
A respective data will be displayed by selecting
each button ("Various Data", "Coding data",
"Chrono Stack").
ACC00201
12:00
Coding Data
: Not_Present
AUX_Info
REAR_CMR_PRSNT : Not Connection
•
: COUNTRY_SNA
RADIO_FREQ
12:00
Various Data
Origin
:
04h
Supplier
:
85h
System ID :
FFh
Variation ID :
08h
Serial ID
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00202
Select "Coding Data."
: 0002h
•
Back
ACC00200
Select "Various Data."
12:00
Chrono Stack (1/8)
DTC Value
: FF00h
DTC Status
:
Odometer Mileage
: 0000h
FFh
Accumulation Timer : 0000h
IG Counter
Previous
:
00h
Next
Back
ACC00203
Select "Chrono Stack."
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
M1544012900605
CAUTION
On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is
turned ON while disconnecting connector(s),
diagnosis code(s) associated with other system
may be set. On completion, confirm all systems
for diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are
set, erase them all.
Diagnosis
code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
U0141
ETACS CAN timeout
P.54A-221
U0155
Meter CAN timeout
P.54A-222
U0164
A/C CAN timeout
P.54A-223
U0168
WCM/KOS CAN timeout
P.54A-224
U0230
Power Gate CAN timeout
P.54A-225
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-221
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Diagnosis
code No.
Diagnostic item
Reference page
U1000
OSS CAN timeout
P.54A-226
U1190
No receive fault detect signal
P.54A-227
U1195
Coding not completed
P.54A-228
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No.U0141 ETACS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit
is normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
GROUP 54A, Immobilizer System − How to
Register Key ID P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received,
the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis code No.
U0141.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is
80.5 km or more, if the communication with
ETACS-ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or
more, the radio and CD player determines that a
problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU −
Troubleshooting P.54A-281), and then go to
Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set to
A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
54A-222
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
Code No.U0155 Meter CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit
is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from combination meter cannot be
received, the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis
code No. U0155.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is
80.5 km or more, if the communication with combination meter cannot be established for 2,500 ms or
more, the radio and CD player determines that a
problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combination meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter (Refer
to P.54A-39), and then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set to
A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points - How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction .)
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54A-223
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points - How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction .)
Code No.U0164 A/C CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit
is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from heater controller assembly
(A/C-ECU) cannot be received, the radio and CD
player sets the diagnosis code No. U0164.
YES : Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 55 − Troubleshooting ), and then
go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is
80.5 km or more, if the communication with A/C-ECU
cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
radio and CD player determines that a problem has
occurred.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of heater controller assembly
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the heater controller assembly.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
heater controller assembly (A/C-ECU).
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54A-224
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
heater controller assembly (A/C-ECU).
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
Code No.U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U0168 is set, be sure to
diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit
is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from KOS-ECU cannot be received, the
radio and CD player sets the diagnosis code No.
U0168.
YES : Troubleshoot the KOS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 42B − Diagnosis Code Chart ), and
then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0168 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is
80.5 km or more, if the communication with
KOS-ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or
more, the radio and CD player determines that a
problem has occurred.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of KOS-ECU
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the KOS-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
KOS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
KOS-ECU.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-225
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
KOS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
Code No.U0230 Power Gate CAN Timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U0230 is set, be sure to
diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit
is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from electric tailgate control unit cannot
be received, the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis code No. U0230.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is
80.5 km or more, if the communication with electric
tailgate control unit cannot be established for 2,500
ms or more, the radio and CD player determines that
a problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of electric tailgate control unit
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the electric tailgate control unit.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the electric tailgate control unit
(Refer to GROUP 42A − Tailgate <vehicles
with electric tailgate> − Diagnosis Code
Chart ), and then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0230 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the electric tailgate control unit.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
electric tailgate control unit. (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54A-226
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
electric tailgate control unit. (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
Code No.U1000 OSS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U1000 is set, be sure to
diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit
is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from OSS-ECU cannot be received, the
radio and CD player sets the diagnosis code No.
U0230.
YES : Troubleshoot the OSS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 42B − Diagnosis Code Chart ), and
then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if the diagnosis code No. U1000 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is
80.5 km or more, if the communication with
OSS-ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or
more, the radio and CD player determines that a
problem has occurred.
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
• Malfunction of OSS-ECU
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
OSS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
OSS-ECU.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-227
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the radio and CD player and the
OSS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
Code No.U1190 No receive fault detect signal
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
ETACS-ECU sends the diagnosis code (U code)
detection permission or prohibition signal to each
ECU connected to the CAN bus line. If the radio and
CD player cannot receive the diagnosis code (U
code) detection permission or prohibition signal for 5
seconds after turning the electric motor switch to ON
position, diagnosis code U1190 will be set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 3.
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU. Then go to Step
3.
NO : The procedure is complete.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set to the radio and
CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
54A-228
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Code No. U1195 Coding not completed
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit
is normal.
• When the diagnosis code No.U1195 is set in
radio and CD player, the diagnosis code may
also be set in ETACS-ECU. When the diagnosis code is set in ETACS-ECU, carry out the
diagnosis of the diagnosis code for
ETACS-ECU first.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
This diagnosis code is set when the variant coding
for ETACS-ECU has not been implemented.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Variant coding for ETACS-ECU has not been
implemented.
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
completion, go to Step 4.
YES : Troubleshoot the relevant diagnosis code,
and then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.U1195 set?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player, and then
go to Step 4.
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
position to the "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.U1195 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1544004902769
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Use M.U.T.-III to check that the diagnosis code
No.B222C is set in the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Reference
Procedure No. page
Power of the radio and tape player does not turn ON when the ignition switch 1
is in the "ACC" position or "ON" position.
P.54A-229
No sound is heard.
2
P.54A-230
The radio broadcasting can not be received.
3
P.54A-231
Audio illumination does not work normally.
4
P.54A-232
NOTE: .
• For the troubleshooting of the hands free-ECU,
refer to P.54A-257.<Vehicles with display audio>
• For the troubleshooting of the steering wheel
audio remote control switch, refer to
P.54A-243.<Vehicles with display audio>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-229
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Power of the radio and tape player does not turn ON when the ignition switch
is in the "ACC" position or "ON" position.
CAUTION
Before replacing the radio and CD player, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
OPERATION
When the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position, the radio and CD player power can be turned
ON. With the radio and CD player power ON, when
the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, the
power for radio and CD player is also turned OFF.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Provided that the audio diagnosis code is not set, if
the power for radio and CD player cannot be turned
ON, the radio and CD player, or power supply circuit
for radio and CD player may have a problem, or the
option coding information may be inconsistent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of radio and CD player
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Option coding information inconsistency
Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU coding data check
(1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU
option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 −
Coding Table ).
(2) Check that the "AUDIO" is set to "Present."
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option
coding "AUDIO" to "Present," and check the
trouble symptom.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system data list
Check the input signal of ACC relay.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 288
ACC switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Refer to ETACS − Inspection Procedure 1
"The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not
received" P.54A-312.
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ACC line between radio
and CD player connector and ETACS-ECU
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Voltage measurement at radio and CD
player connector (+B2 terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Check the voltage between the radio and CD
player connector (+B2 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES <Vehicles without display audio> : Go to Step
8.
YES <Vehicles with display audio> : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 7.
54A-230
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 7. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in +B2 line between
fusible link and radio and CD player connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 8. Check of open circuit in GND2 line
between radio and CD player connector and
body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 9. Check that the radio and CD player is
correctly earthed
The radio and CD player should be connected to the
earth with an assembling screw.
Q: Is the radio and CD player correctly earthed?
YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Securely install and earth the radio and CD
player.
STEP 10. Retest the system
Check if the radio and CD player power is turned ON.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
Inspection Procedure 2: No sound is heard.
CAUTION
Before replacing the radio and CD player, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the audio sound is not output, the radio and CD
player may have a problem. In addition, if any of the
speakers or tweeters is short-circuited, the protection
circuit inside the radio and CD player disables all the
speakers or tweeters to sound. Therefore, if all the
speakers do not output sound, the speaker or
tweeter circuit may be shorted or the speaker or
tweeter may be defective.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO (No speakers or tweeters sound.) : Go to Step
2
NO (No sound is heard from one of the speakers or
tweeters.) : Go to Step 4
STEP 2. Check the speaker or tweeter.
(1) Remove the speaker or tweeter. Refer to
P.54A-270.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
• Malfunctions of speaker or tweeter
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
5V
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Checking with audio speaker test
Perform the audio speaker test, and check which
speaker or tweeter does not output the sound. Refer
to P.54A-269.
Q: Is the check result normal?
AC707572AB
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the
speaker or tweeter connector terminal.
Q: Do the speaker output the noise?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : Replace the speaker or tweeter.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between the
speaker or tweeter connector terminal and the
radio and CD player connector terminal.
• Check of short circuit in FR+, FR- line front door
speaker (RH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Front door speaker (RH)>
• Check of short circuit in FL+, FL- line front door
speaker (LH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Front door speaker (LH)>
• Check of short circuit in FR+, FR- line tweeter
(RH) connector and radio and CD player connector. <Tweeter (RH)>
• Check of short circuit in FL+, FL- line tweeter
(LH) connector and radio and CD player connector. <Tweeter (LH)>
• Check of short circuit in RR+, RR- line rear door
speaker (RH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Rear door speaker (RH)>
• Check of short circuit in RL+, RL- line rear door
speaker (LH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Rear door speaker (LH)>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check the speaker or tweeter.
Follow the speaker test to check which speaker or
tweeter does not sound.
(1) Remove the speaker or tweeter. Refer to
P.54A-270.
54A-231
speaker connector terminal.
Q: Do the speaker output the noise?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Replace the speaker or tweeter.
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between the
speaker or tweeter connector terminal and the
radio and CD player connector terminal.
Follow the speaker test to check which speaker or
tweeter circuit is defective.
• Check of open circuit in FR+, FR- line front door
speaker (RH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Front door speaker (RH)>
• Check of open circuit in FL+, FL- line front door
speaker (LH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Front door speaker (LH)>
• Check of open circuit in FR+, FR- line tweeter
(RH) connector and radio and CD player connector. <Tweeter (RH)>
• Check of open circuit in FL+, FL- line tweeter
(LH) connector and radio and CD player connector. <Tweeter (LH)>
• Check of open circuit in RR+, RR- line rear door
speaker (RH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Rear door speaker (RH)>
• Check of open circuit in RL+, RL- line rear door
speaker (LH) connector and radio and CD player
connector. <Rear door speaker (LH)>
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Retest the system
Check if the sound is output from all the speakers or
tweeters.
5V
AC707572AB
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
Inspection Procedure 3: The radio broadcasting can not be received.
CAUTION
Before replacing the radio and CD player, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
In case of FM/AM radio broadcasting cannot be
received., antenna rod, antenna base, antenna
feeder or radio and CD player may have a problem.
54A-232
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
NOTE: The radio wave may not be received if the
vehicle is placed in the area which is exposed to a
special electric field. Thus, check that the radio
broadcasting can be received using the radio of
another vehicle before carrying out diagnosis.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of antenna rod
Malfunction of antenna base
Malfunction of antenna feeder
Malfunction of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the state of the antenna rod and
antenna base.
Q: Is the antenna assembled?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Assemble antenna rod and antenna base.
STEP 2. Check to see if inspections are taking
place is an area exposed to special electric
fields.
Q: Is the reception area exposed to special electric
fields?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 3. Move the vehicle and check the radio.
Move the vehicle to a good reception area that is not
exposed to special electric fields.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Diagnosis complete.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check if there is any damage to the
antenna rod, antenna base and antenna feeder.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the antenna rod, antenna base and
antenna feeder.
STEP 5. Check the connection of the antenna
feeder’s plug and radio and CD player.
Q: Is the antenna feeder’s plug thoroughly connected
to the radio and CD player?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Thoroughly connect the antenna feeder’s
plug and the radio and CD player.
STEP 6. Check of short or open circuit in ANT+
line between radio and CD player connector and
antenna amplifier connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Substitute a known good radio and CD
player, and check the trouble symptom.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : Either repair or replace the antenna rod and
antenna base.
Inspection Procedure 4: Audio illumination does not work normally.
CAUTION
Before replacing the radio and CD player, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit
and the communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the tail lamps illuminate, illumination signal is sent
from the heater controller assembly (A/C-ECU) to the
radio and CD player. This switches the illumination of
the radio and CD player from day mode to night
mode. If the mode is switched, the illumination signal
line, the heater controller assembly (A/C-ECU) or the
radio and CD player may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of heater controller assembly
(A/C-ECU)
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check that the tail lamps illuminate.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Diagnose the tail lamps. (Refer to
P.54A-140.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-233
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 2. Check the illumination.
When the tail lamps are turned on, check whether
the illumination other than the radio and CD player is
turned on.
STEP 4. Retest the system
When the tail lamps illuminate, check that the illumination of the radio and CD player is switched from
day mode to night mode.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the heater controller assembly
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
(A/C-ECU).
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ILL+ line between radio
and CD player connector and heater controller
assembly (A/C-ECU) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544011300428
NOTE: When the radio and CD player is replaced, always turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position once
and then carry out the operation check.
Pre-removal Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A
− Instrument Panel Assembly ).
0.5 N·m
0.5 N·m
1
<Vehicles with 1CD audio>
3
4
0.5 N·m
2
0.5 N·m
1
<Vehicles with display audio>
3
4
2
ACB05389 AB
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removal steps
Radio and CD player assembly
Radio and CD player bracket LH
Radio and CD player bracket RH
Radio and CD player
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1549101300366
For the USB cable removal and installation procedures, refer to P.54A-248.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-234
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MMCS)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1549100800487
For the USB adapter removal and installation procedures, refer to P.54A-249.
USB ADAPTER CHECK
M1549101100339
For the inspection procedures, refer to P.54A-249.
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MMCS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
MAIN UNIT TERMINAL VOLTAGE
M1546003300968
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
C-106
C-108
C-104
C-110
ACC00108AB
C-108
Terminal
No.
Signal symbol
Check item
Check condition
Terminal voltage
1
CACC
VCC
Ignition switch: ON position
Selector lever: R position
5.8 − 7.0V (DC)
2
CDET
CAMERA
DETECT
Ignition switch: ON position
Selector lever: R position
0 - 5V (DC)
3
−
−
−
−
4
+B
BATTERY (+)
Always
System voltage (DC)
5
CGND
GND
Always
1 V or less
6
CMP+
CAMERA
SIGNAL
Ignition switch: ON position
Selector lever: R position
1Vp-p (AC)
7
CMP-
SHIELD
(CAMERA)
Always
1 V or less
8
GND
GND
Always
1 V or less
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-235
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MMCS)
C-110
Terminal
No.
Signal symbol
Check item
Check condition
Terminal voltage
11
ACC
ACCESSORY
(+)
Ignition switch: ACC position
System voltage (DC)
12
REM+
REMOCON
Ignition switch: ACC position
3.3V (DC)
13, 14
−
−
−
−
15
RR+
SPEAKER RR
(+)
When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
16
FR+
SPEAKER FR
(+)
When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
17
RL+
SPEAKER RL
(+)
When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
18
FL+
SPEAKER FL
(+)
When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
19
ILL+
ILLUMINATION
(+)
Tail lamp switch: ON
System voltage (DC)
20
+B2
BATTERY (+)
Always
System voltage (DC)
21
SPD
VEHICLE
SPEED PULSE
Ignition switch: ON
0 - System voltage
(pulse)
22
REM-
REMOCON
GND
Always
1 V or less
23
−
−
−
−
24
ANT+
ANTENNA +B
Ignition switch: ACC position
System voltage (DC)
25
RR-
SPEAKER RR
(-)
When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
26
FR-
SPEAKER FR
(-)
When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
27
RL-
SPEAKER RL
(-)
When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
28
FL-
SPEAKER FL (-) When the sound is output
0 - System voltage (AC)
29
−
−
−
−
30
GND2
GND
Always
1 V or less
Terminal
No.
Signal symbol
Check item
Check condition
Terminal voltage
31, 32
−
−
−
−
33
AAR+
HFM/USB
When the hands free-ECU
S-INPUT RIGHT operation
1.2 Vrms (AC)
34
AAL+
HFM/USB
S-INPUT LEFT
When the hands free-ECU
operation
1.2 Vrms (AC)
35
−
−
−
−
36
TIR+
−
−
−
C-106
54A-236
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MMCS)
Terminal
No.
Signal symbol
Check item
Check condition
Terminal voltage
37
TIL+
−
−
−
38
AMP0
IE-BUS POWER Ignition switch: ACC position
ON
1 V or less
39
D-S+
IE-BUS (+)
Ignition switch: ACC position
More than 120mV
40
VA-
−
−
−
41
−
−
−
−
42
AA-
HFM/USB
INPUT GND
When the hands free-ECU
operation
1.2 Vrms (AC)
43, 44
−
−
−
−
45
TIR-
−
−
−
46
TIL-
−
−
−
47
−
−
−
−
48
D-S-
IE-BUS (+)
Ignition switch: ACC position
More than 120mV
Terminal
No.
Signal symbol
Check item
51
TX-C
CAN BOX DATA Ignition switch: ACC position
TX
5V (DC)
52
SH-C
SHIELD (CAN
BOX DATA)
Always
1 V or less
53 − 58
−
−
−
−
59
RX-C
CAN BOX DATA Ignition switch: ACC position
RX
2 - System voltage(DC)
60
CK-C
CAN BOX DATA Ignition switch: ACC position
CLX
1 - 5V (DC)
61 − 66
−
−
−
C-104
Check condition
−
Terminal voltage
CAN BOX UNIT
ACC00149
C-116
Terminal Signal symbol
No.
Check item
Check condition
Terminal voltage
1
+B
BATTERY (+)
Always
System voltage (DC)
2
TX-C
TX (AND)
Ignition switch: ACC position
0 - 5V (DC)
3
RX-C
RX (AND)
Ignition switch: ACC position
2 - System voltage(DC)
4, 5
−
−
−
−
6
ACC
ACCESSORY
Ignition switch: ACC position
System voltage (DC)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-237
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MMCS)
Terminal Signal symbol
No.
Check item
Check condition
Terminal voltage
7
GND
GND
Always
1 V or less
8
SH-C
SHIELD (CAN
BOX DATA)
Always
1 V or less
9
CK-C
CAN BOX DATA Ignition switch: ACC position
CLK
1 - 5V (DC)
10 − 12
−
−
−
−
13
CAN-
CAN-L
−
−
14
CAN+
CAN-H
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-238
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MMCS)
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (MMCS)
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1546001000927
NOTE: When the multivision display is replaced, always turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position once and
then carry out the operation check.
Pre-removal Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Centre Panel Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A
− Instrument Panel Assembly ).
7
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
2
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m
6
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m
5
4
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m
1
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removal steps
Multivision display assembly
Multivision display
CAN box unit assembly
CAN box unit bracket
ACB05390AB
5.
6.
7.
Removal steps (Continued)
CAN box unit
Multivision display bracket
GPS antenna
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-239
REAR VIEW CAMERA
REAR VIEW CAMERA
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540902100212
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
CAN bus diagnostics or service
a. Vehicle
communicatio data check.
n
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
A (for vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n)
c. V.C.I.-Lite
main harness
B (for vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n)
d. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
short
e. V.C.I.-Lite
USB cable
long
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-240
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communicati
on Interface
(V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III
USB cable
c. M.U.T.-III
main harness
A (Vehicles
with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
main harness
B (Vehicles
without CAN
communicatio
n system)
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness B
instead, the CAN communication
does not function correctly.
CAN bus diagnostics or service
data check.
MB991223
a: MB991219
b: MB991220
c: MB991221
d: MB991222
Harness set
a: Test harness
b: LED harness
c: LED harness
adapter
d: Probe
Making voltage and resistance
measurements during
troubleshooting
a: Connect pin contact pressure
inspection
b: Power circuit inspection
c: Power circuit inspection
d: Commercial tester connection
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-241
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1540900300533
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540902300238
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Trouble symptom
Rear view camera image is not correctly
displayed
Inspection
Reference
Procedure No. page
Vehicles with display 1
audio
P.54A-241
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Rear view camera image is not correctly displayed <Vehicles with display
audio>.
CAUTION
Before replacing the rear view camera or radio
and CD player, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit, and the communication circuit are normal (Check that the voltage is 10 V or
more).
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the screen of rear view camera is not shown
even if the selector lever is "R" (Reverse) position,
the rear view camera, the radio and CD player, the
wiring harness, connectors, inhibitor switch may be
defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
•
Damaged harness wires and connectors
Malfunction of the rear view camera
Malfunction of the radio and CD player
Malfunction of the inhibitor switch
Malfunction of CAN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the radio and CD player
operation.
Check if the radio and CD player normally and the
sound is output.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player.
(Refer to P.54A-228.)
STEP 2. Confirmation in display audio service
mode.
(1) Display the "Vehicle Signal Check" screen (Refer
to P.54A-211).
(2) Move the selector lever to the "R" (reverse)
position.
(3) Check that "Shift Position R" is "ON."
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-242
REAR VIEW CAMERA
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in BLP1 line between
ETACS-ECU connector and inhibitor switch
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Confirmation in display audio service
mode.
(1) Display the "External Device Connection Check"
screen (Refer to P.54A-211).
(2) Check that "Rear Camera" is "OK."
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Go to Step 6
STEP 6. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in CACC, CDET, CGND,
CMP+, CMP- line between radio and CD player
connector and rear view camera connector
YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Trouble symptom recheck.
Check that the display of rear view camera is shown
normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunctions ).
NO : Replace the rear view camera temporarily
and go to Step 8.
STEP 8. Trouble symptom recheck.
Check that the display of rear view camera is shown
normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the rear view camera.
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540901800166
Q: Is the check result normal?
Pre-removal Operation
• Tailgate Trim Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A − Tailgate
Trim ).
Post-installation Operation
• Tailgate Trim Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A − Tailgate
Trim ).
1
2
ACB05391AB
1.
2.
Removal steps
Rear view camera
Grommet
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
54A-243
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1544000600759
Tool
a
Number
Name
Use
MB991223
a: MB991219
b: MB991220
c: MB991221
d: MB991222
Harness set
a: Test harness
b: LED harness
c: LED harness
adapter
d: Probe
Making voltage and resistance
measurements during
troubleshooting
a: Connect pin contact pressure
inspection
b: Power circuit inspection
c: Power circuit inspection
d: Commercial tester connection
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1544004902770
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1544004800540
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Reference
Procedure No. page
Steering wheel remote control switch <vehicles with radio and CD player>
(audio remote control switch) does
not function.
1
P.54A-243
Steering wheel remote control switch illumination does not come on.
2
P.54A-244
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Steering wheel remote control switch (audio remote control switch) does not
function. <Vehicles with radio and CD player>
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT)
The power supply circuit to the steering wheel
remote control switch (audio remote control switch),
the steering wheel remote control switch, the radio
and CD player, or the clock spring may be defective.
54A-244
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
• Malfunction of steering wheel remote control
switch
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
• Malfunction of the clock spring
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the steering wheel remote control
switch.
Check the steering wheel remote control switch
(Refer to P.54A-245).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the steering wheel remote control
switch.
STEP 2. Check the clock spring.
Check whether the clock spring is in good condition.
Refer to GROUP 52B − Air bag module and clock
spring .
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the clock spring.
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in REM+, REM- line
between radio and CD player connector and
steering wheel remote control switch connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Retest the system
Check whether you can operate the radio and CD
player by using the steering wheel remote control
switch.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 2: Steering wheel remote control switch illumination does not come on.
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT)
The power supply circuit to the steering wheel
remote control switch, the steering wheel remote
control switch, the combination meter, or the clock
spring may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of steering wheel remote control
switch
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of the clock spring
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at steering
wheel remote control switch connector (earth
terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the steering
wheel remote control switch connector (earth
terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the steering wheel remote control
switch.
Check the steering wheel remote control switch
(Refer to P.54A-245).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the steering wheel remote control
switch.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between steering wheel remote control switch
connector and the body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
STEP 4. Check the clock spring.
Check whether the clock spring is in good condition.
Refer to GROUP 52B − Air bag module and clock
spring .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring.
54A-245
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE
CONTROL SWITCH CHECK
M1544015700406
"VOL UP"
switch
"MODE" switch
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ILL+ line between
combination meter connector and steering wheel
remote control switch connector
"CH UP"
switch
"CH DOWN"
switch
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
"VOL DOWN"
switch
STEP 6. Retest the system
Check whether the illumination of the steering wheel
remote control switch comes on normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE
CONTROL SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544015600302
For the steering wheel remote control switch removal
and installation procedures, refer to GROUP 37 −
Steering .
ACB06026AB
Switch Position
Tester
Resistance
Connection
"MODE" switch
pushed
1−2
Approximately
270 Ω
"CH UP" switch
pushed
Approximately
740 Ω
"CH DOWN" switch
pushed
Approximately
1.3 kΩ
"VOL UP" switch
pushed
Approximately
2.1 kΩ
"VOL DOWN"
switch pushed
Approximately
3.1 kΩ
ILLUMINATION CHECK
Apply the battery voltage to the connector terminal
No. 3, earth the terminal No. 4, and then check that
the illumination lights up.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-246
USB
USB
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1549100300017
Tool
a
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check
harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING
M1549100400014
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1549100500260
Trouble symptom
The USB adapter data cannot be replayed.
Reference page
<Vehicles without display audio>
P.54A-246
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles without display audio>
CAUTION
Whenever the radio and CD player is replaced,
ensure that the input signal circuit is normal.
Check that the USB memory device or iPod® is
also normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the sound replay is impossible with the USB/iPod®
mode, the USB cable or radio and CD player may be
defective.
NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check that the music
file (the customer tried to replay) can be replayed.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The radio and CD player may be defective.
• The USB cable may be defective.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
USB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check if the error message is displayed
on the radio and CD player.
(Refer to P.54A-210.)
Q: Is the error message displayed on the monitor?
YES : Refer to error massage (refer to
P.54A-210), take necessary steps. If the
USB memory/iPod® is still not be played,
go to Step 2.
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. Check the USB adapter.
Check if the USB adapter works normally. (Refer to
P.54A-249.)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : Replace the USB adapter.
54A-247
STEP 3. Check the USB cable.
Check that the USB cable is connected to the radio
and CD player normally. Or check the USB cable for
damage such as bend.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Replace or repair the USB cable.
STEP 4. Retest the system
Check whether an audio file, which is stored in the
USB memory/iPod®, can be played.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
54A-248
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
USB
USB
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1549101300344
Pre-removal Operation
• Radio and CD Player Removal (Refer to P.54A-233)
<Vehicles without MMCS>.
• Multivision Display Removal (Refer to P.54A-238) <Vehicles with MMCS>.
• Centre Lower Box Assembly and Centre Lower Panel
Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument
Panel Assembly ).
• Selector Lever Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 23A
− Transmission Control ).
• Floor Console Trim Plate Bracket Removal (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Front Floor Console Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Floor Console Trim Plate Bracket Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A −Front Floor Console Assembly ).
• Selector Lever Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP
23A − Transmission Control ).
• Centre Lower Box Assembly and Centre Lower Panel
Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument
Panel Assembly ).
• Radio and CD Player Installation (Refer to P.54A-233)
<Vehicles without MMCS>.
• Multivision Display Installation (Refer to P.54A-238)
<Vehicles with MMCS>.
<Vehicles without hands-free interface system>
USB cable
<Vehicles with hands-free interface system>
USB cable
ACB05454AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-249
USB
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1549100800465
Pre-removal Operation
• Rear Floor Console Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP
52A − Rear Floor Console ).
Post-installation Operation
• Rear Floor Console Assembly Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Rear Floor Console ).
USB adapter
ACB06033AB
USB ADAPTER CHECK
M1549101100317
Front side
Rear side
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
AC900440AB
Front side
terminal
Rear side
terminal
Measurement
value
1
1
2
2
3
3
Continuity
exists (2 Ω or
less)
4
4
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-250
HANDS FREE ECU
HANDS FREE ECU
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1544403500221
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness A (for
vehicles with CAN
communication)
c. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
communication)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
CAN bus diagnostics or diagnosis
code.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-251
HANDS FREE ECU
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communication
Interface (V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
CAN bus diagnostics or diagnosis
code.
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
a
b
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-252
HANDS FREE ECU
Tool
Number
Name
Use
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS
M1544404500309
NOTE: For detail of the hands free-ECU, you can see to access via the MITSUBISHI MOTORS web site.
Please read and agree the "Warning about Links to the Web Sites of Other Companies" because it connects
other than MITSUBISHI MOTORS web site. http://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/products/index.html
Prior to the troubleshooting, check if the causes below can be the case. If any, take actions according to the
solution method.
Pairing of the Bluetooth®device (mobile phone or music player) and hands free-ECU cannot be made.
The hands free-ECU does not recognize the Bluetooth®device (mobile phone or music player)
Cause
Solution
The power of the
bluetooth®device is off.
With the power of the bluetooth®device turned on, check the trouble
symptom again.
In addition to the
bluetooth®device to be
recognized, two or more
bluetooth®device exist in the
vehicle.
• With the voice operation, select the device to be connected.
• Select the device to be connected on the radio and CD player. <Vehicles
with display audio>
Power supply abnormality in
the hands free-ECU, or
communication error
between the radio and CD
player and hands free-ECU.
Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position and check if iPod® connected to
the USB adapter or USB device can be played. If the hands free-ECU is
defective, music cannot be played. Perform the Inspection procedure 2: The
USB adapter data cannot be replayed. (Refer to P.54A-259.) If the diagnosis
mode of hands free-ECU can be made an entry, the ECU status can be
checked by the hands free-ECU self-check, however, if the power supply of
hands free-ECU, or the communication with the radio and CD player may
have a problem, the ECU status can not be checked. (Refer to P.54A-254
<Vehicles with 1CD audio> or P.54A-256 <Vehicles with display audio>.)
Calling cannot be made using the hands free cellular phone function.
Bluetooth®The music player cannot be replayed.
The music data received from the USB adapter cannot be replayed.
Cause
Solution
The Bluetooth® connection
is not made between the
hands free-ECU and
Bluetooth®device.
Connect the Bluetooth®device to the hands free-ECU via Bluetooth®.
The vehicle is not located in Check the radio wave condition of the mobile phone shown on the display, or
the communication area of
check the radio wave condition shown on the mobile phone itself.
the cellular phone.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-253
Cause
Solution
communication error
between the hands
free-ECU and the radio and
CD player.
Check if the data of music file sent to the hands free-ECU can be replayed. If
there are no problems, the communication between the hands free-ECU and
the radio and CD player may have a problem.
The voice recognition operation cannot be performed.
The communication voice cannot be heard by the other party.
Cause
Solution
During the conversation, the During the conversation, press the speech switch and set to mute off by
microphone unit is set to
voice recognition. Perform Inspection Procedure 3: When the speech switch
mute.
is pressed, the voice guide is output, but the voice recognition is not
performed. (Refer to P.54A-260.)
The hands free-ECU cannot Minimize the noise by turning off the A/C, closing the window, and stopping
recognize the speech voice the engine, and then clearly speak up near the microphone unit.
because of noise or others.
The microphone unit , or the The microphone unit may have a problem. Perform Inspection Procedure 3:
connection has a problem.
When the speech switch is pressed, the voice guide is output, but the voice
recognition is not performed. (Refer to P.54A-260.) The connection with the
microphone unit can be checked by the microphone check result on the
diagnosis mode. (Refer to P.54A-254 <Vehicles with 1CD audio> or
P.54A-256 <Vehicles with display audio>.)
The speech switch, or the
connection has a problem.
If the voice guide is not output when the speech switch is operated, the
speech switch has a problem. Perform the Inspection Procedure 4: When the
speech switch is pressed, the voice guide is not output. (Refer to
P.54A-260.)
A call cannot be received when the OFF HOOK switch is pressed.
The voice guide cannot be output from the speaker.
Cause
Solution
The Bluetooth® connection Connect the cellular phone to the hands free-ECU via Bluetooth®.
is not made between the
hands free-ECU and cellular
phone.
The OFF HOOK switch,
speech switch, or the
connection has a problem.
If the voice guide is not output when the speech switch is operated, the
speech switch has a problem. Perform the Inspection Procedure 4: When the
speech switch is pressed, the voice guide is not output. (Refer to P.54A-260.)
Voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your dealer for service" is
sent from the speaker.
Cause
Solution
The hands free-ECU cannot
receive the vehicle speed
signal from the radio and CD
player.
If the vehicle speed signal the hands free-ECU receives has a problem, the
vehicle speed signal of radio and CD player or the hands free-ECU may have
a problem. Perform the Inspection Procedure 8: Voice guide "Unable to
obtain vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your dealer for service" is
sent from the speaker. (Refer to P.54A-262.)
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540203800453
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-254
HANDS FREE ECU
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH 1CD AUDIO>
M1544404800430
Enter the diagnosis mode according to the following
steps:
1. Turn the Ignition switch to the "ACC" or "ON"
position and switch off the radio and CD player.
[CH1]
[CH6]
[CH4]
[CH2]
[CH3]
Power
Mode change
[CH5]
PAGE
DISP
Rewind
Fast-forward
ACC00428 AB
2. Press the following buttons in that order within
sixty seconds from step (1).
(1) [CH1] button.
(2) Rewind button.
(3) Fast-forward button.
(4) [CH4] button.
NOTE: .
• When the "Power" button of the radio and CD
player is pressed during the diagnosis mode, the
diagnosis mode will be cancelled, thus switching
off the radio and CD player. However, if the
"Power" button is pressed while the hands
free-ECU is being updated, the update will not be
cancelled.
• When the "Mode change" button is pressed during diagnosis mode except the hands free-ECU
update, the diagnosis mode will be cancelled and
relevant operation will be carried out.
• When an invalid button is pressed during diagnosis mode except the hands free-ECU update, the
diagnosis mode will be cancelled, thus switching
off the radio and CD player.
• During the diagnosis mode, voice which is input
through the microphone unit is played through a
relevant loudspeaker.
3. "HFM DIAG" is displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-255
HANDS FREE ECU
Radio and CD player OFF
CH1
3 seconds
or
Rewind
NG
PAGE
NO FILE
Fast-forward
CH4
DISP
UNLOCK
PAGE
OK
HFM DIAG
HFM UPDATE
3 seconds
CH4
3 seconds
CH3
Microphone check
result
CODE_
PAGE
3 seconds
CH4
CH3
Part Number
CH4
CODEXXXX
PAGE
3 seconds
CH3
Code NG
CODE WRONG
Code OK
H/W Ver.
UPDATE XX%
CH4
ECU
Malfunction
CH3
Abnormal
End
S/W Ver.
UPDATE FAIL
CH4
UPDATE
COMPLETE
CH3
PAGE
PAGE
Self-check Result
AC904648AE
Description in the
illustrations
Actual display
Condition
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
Four-digit password, which has been set by the security
function, will be erased.
HFM DIAG
HFM DIAG
Displayed when the diagnosis mode is being entered.
Result of microphone
check
MIC Short
Displayed when the line between the microphone and the
hands free-ECU is short-circuited.
MIC Open
Displayed when the line between the microphone and the
hands free-ECU is open-circuited.
MIC OK
Normal status (the line between the microphone and the
hands free-ECU is not open/short-circuited)
Part number
PN XXXXXXXX
Eight-digit part number is displayed.
H/W Ver.
H/W XX
Two-digit hardware version is displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-256
HANDS FREE ECU
Description in the
illustrations
Actual display
Condition
S/W Ver.
S/W XXXXXXX
Seven-digit software version is displayed.
Self-check result
HFM OK
Displayed when the hands free-ECU is not defective.
HFM Error
Displayed when the hands free-ECU is suspected to be
defective.
NOTE: Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position once
when "ERROR" is displayed. Enter the diagnosis mode by
turning the ignition switch to the "ON" position again. If the
self-check result shows "ERROR" again, the hands free-ECU
is determined to be defective.
NO FILE
NO file
A USB device stores no data.
HFM UPDATE
HFM Update
Displayed when the hands free-ECU update file is found, at
the transition to the hands free-ECU update mode, in the USB
memory that is connected to the USB adapter.
CODE_
CODE_
Input four-digit code for update. Use the "CH" button when a
code is input.
CODE XXXX
Code XXXX
XXXX after Code shows the numbers from 1 to 6,
corresponding to the buttons "CH1" to "CH6".
CODE WRONG
Code wrong
The code, which has been input, is wrong.
UPDATING XX%
Updating XX%
Displayed when updating is carried out.
UPDATING
COMPLETE
Update complete
The updating mode is complete.
UPDATE FAIL
Update fail
Displayed when the update of the hands free-ECU fails.
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH DISPLAY AUDIO>
M1544404800429
As a diagnosis mode for the hands free-ECU, version information of the hands free-ECU and diagnostic results of the hands free-ECU and the microphone
unit can be displayed by the service mode of the
radio and CD player.
HOW TO INITIATE THE SERVICE MODE
Service
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Versions Indication
Monitor Adjustment
Serial Number Information
System Language Setting
Hands Free Module
Vehicle Setting
Memory Initialization
MENU button
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00176
B
Service
A
12:00
Service Data Log
CAN Comm Confirmation
ACC00328AB
1. While pressing the "MENU" button, press "A"
portion (shown in the illustration) on the display
briefly. Then press "B" portion for at least two
seconds.
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00177
2. The service mode will be initiated. Then "Service"
screen will be displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-257
HANDS FREE ECU
2. The diagnosis result will be displayed.
HOW TO TERMINATE THE SERVICE
MODE
If the operations below are done, the service mode
will be terminated.
• If "Back" button is selected on "Service" screen,
the service mode will terminate and then return to
the previous screen.
DIAGNOSIS MODE
Hands Free Module
NOTE: .
• While the hands free-ECU is in diagnosis mode,
connection with the Bluetooth® device is shut
down.
• While the hands free-ECU is in diagnosis mode,
the sound input to the microphone unit is output
directly through the speaker.
Service
12:00
Unit Diagnosis
Versions Indication
Monitor Adjustment
Serial Number Information
System Language Setting
Hands Free Module
Vehicle Setting
Memory Initialization
HFM Self Check
• "OK": Normal (There is no abnormality in the
hands free-ECU.)
• "NG": Abnormal (The hands free-ECU may have
a problem.)
NOTE: If "NG" is displayed, turn the ignition switch to
the "OFF" position once. Then, turn the ignition
switch to the "ON" position, and enter into the
diagnosis mode. When the HFM Self Check display is NG again, the hands free-ECU is determined to be defective.
HFM MIC Check
• "OK": Normal (There is no short circuit or open
circuit in the line between the microphone unit
and the hands free-ECU.)
• "NG (Short)": This message is displayed when
the line between the microphone unit and the
hands free-ECU is shorted.
• "NG (Open)": This message is displayed when
there is an open circuit in the line between the
microphone unit and the hands free-ECU.
12:00
Hands Free Module
Error Code
Previous
Next
Back
ACC00176
1. When you select "Hands Free Module" button on
"Service" screen, the handsfree system will be
diagnosed.
VOL
Hands Free Module
Parts No.
17
12:00
001
005
002
006
003
007
004
008
Back
ACC00205
3. If the result of "HFM Self Check" is "NG", an error
code will be displayed by selecting "Error Code."
XXXXXXXX
H/W Version
S/W Version
XX.XX.XXX
HFM Self Check
OK
HFM MIC Check
NG(Open)
Error Code
Back
ACC00204
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1546001801971
NOTE: Some Bluetooth® devices may not be compatible with the hands free-ECU
Trouble symptom
Check the hands free-ECU power supply circuit.
Inspection Reference
Procedure page
No.
1
P.54A-258
54A-258
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
Trouble symptom
Inspection Reference
Procedure page
No.
The USB adapter data cannot be replayed.
2
P.54A-259
When the speech switch is pressed, the voice guide is output, but the voice
recognition is not performed.
3
P.54A-260
When the speech switch is pressed, the voice guide is not output.
4
P.54A-260
DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an entry. Mobile Phone item is not
displayed on the MENU screen of display audio.
5
P.54A-261
Voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your
dealer for service" is sent from the speaker.
6
P.54A-262
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Check the hands free-ECU power supply circuit.
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
• The handsfree-ECU is energised via the fusible
link.
• The ACC signal is received through the radio and
CD player connector.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the hands free-ECU
• Malfunction of the radio and CD player
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Resistance measurement at hands
free-ECU connector (GND terminal).
(1) Disconnect hands free-ECU connector, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
(2) Check the continuity between GND terminal and
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. Check of open circuit in GND line
between hands free-ECU connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at hands free-ECU
connector (+B terminal).
(1) Disconnect hands free-ECU connector, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the voltage between +B terminal and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Go to Step 4
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in +B line between fusible
link and hands free-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at hands free-ECU
connector (ACC terminal).
(1) Disconnect hands free-ECU connector, and
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
measure at the wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between ACC terminal and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the hands free-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 6
54A-259
STEP 6. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ACC line between
hands free-ECU connector and radio and CD
player connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
Inspection Procedure 2: The USB adapter data cannot be replayed.
CAUTION
Before replacing the hands free-ECU, ensure that
the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal. Check that the
USB memory device or iPod® is also normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the sound replay is impossible with the USB mode,
the USB adapter, USB cable, hands free-ECU, or
radio and CD player may be defective, or a communication error between the radio and CD player and
hands free-ECU may have occurred.
NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check that the music
file (the customer tried to replay) can be replayed.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
•
The radio and CD player may be defective.
The hands free-ECU may be defective.
The USB adapter may be defective.
The USB cable may be defective.
Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the radio and CD player
operation.
Check if the radio and CD player normally and the
sound is output.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player.
(Refer to P.54A-228.)
STEP 2. Check the diagnosis mode
Check if the hands free-ECU can be switched to the
diagnosis mode. (Refer to P.54A-254 <Vehicles with
1CD audio> or P.54A-256 <Vehicles with display
audio>.)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 5
"DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an
entry." (Refer to P.54A-261.)
STEP 3. Check the USB adapter.
Check that the continuity exists between the front
side terminals of USB adapter and rear side terminals of USB adapter. (Refer to P.54A-249.)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Replace the USB adapter.
STEP 4. Check the USB cable.
Check that the USB cable is connected to the USB
adapter or hands free-ECU normally. Or check the
USB cable for damage such as bend.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Replace or repair the USB cable.
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in AAL+, AAR+ line
between hands free-ECU connector and radio
and CD player connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Replace the hands free-ECU temporarily,
and check the trouble symptom.
Replace the hands free-ECU temporarily, and check
that the sound is output from the speaker.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the hands free-ECU.
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
54A-260
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
Inspection Procedure 3: When the speech switch is pressed, the voice guide is output, but the voice
recognition is not performed.
CAUTION
Before replacing the hands free-ECU, ensure that
the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the speech switch is pushed, if the voice guide
is sent but voice recognition is not executed, the
microphone unit, hands free-ECU or the communication between the microphone unit and hands
free-ECU may have a problem. It may also be possible that the voice recognition is interfered by external
noise.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The hands free-ECU may be defective.
• The microphone unit may be defective.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Retest the system
Close all the windows to suppress external noise as
much as possible. Then check whether the voice recognition operates normally when you utter a word as
close to the microphone unit as possible
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Diagnosis complete.
NO : Go to Step 2
STEP 2. Check the diagnosis mode
Check if the microphone check result "HFM MIC
Check" is displayed on the diagnosis mode of hands
free-ECU. (Refer to P.54A-254 <Vehicles with 1CD
audio> or P.54A-256 <Vehicles with display audio>.)
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in MIC+, MIC- line
between hands free-ECU connector and
microphone unit connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Replace the microphone unit
temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the microphone unit.
NO : Go to Step 5
STEP 5. Replace the hands free-ECU temporarily,
and check the trouble symptom.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the hands free-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 4: When the speech switch is pressed, the voice guide is not output.
CAUTION
Before replacing the hands free-ECU or radio and
CD player, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit
are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the voice guide is not sent when the steering wheel
remote control switch (speech switch) is pushed, the
communication between the radio and CD player
and the hands free-ECU, or the communication
between the radio and CD player and the steering
wheel remote control switch, the hands free-ECU or
the steering wheel remote control switch may have a
problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The radio and CD player may be defective.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
• The hands free-ECU may be defective.
• The steering wheel remote control switch may be
defective.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the diagnosis mode
Check if the hands free-ECU can be switched to the
diagnosis mode. (Refer to P.54A-254 <Vehicles with
1CD audio> or P.54A-256 <Vehicles with display
audio>.)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 5
"DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an
entry." (Refer to P.54A-261.)
54A-261
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the steering wheel remote
control switch.
STEP 3. Check the steering wheel remote control
switch (speech switch).
Check the continuity of the steering wheel remote
control switch. (Refer to P.54A-267)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the steering wheel remote control
switch.
STEP 4. Temporarily replace the hands free-ECU,
and check the trouble symptom.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the hands free-ECU.
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
STEP 2. Operation check of the steering wheel
remote control switch (audio remote control
switch)
Check that the radio and CD player can be operated
by the steering wheel remote control switch.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 5: DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an entry. Mobile Phone item is not
displayed on the MENU screen of display audio.
CAUTION
Before replacing the hands free-ECU or radio and
CD player, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit
are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the diagnosis mode cannot be made an entry, the
hands free-ECU, the communication between the
hands free-ECU and the radio and CD player, or the
power supply system of hands free-ECU may have a
problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The hands free-ECU may be defective.
• The radio and CD player may be defective.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the radio and CD player
operation.
Check if the radio and CD player work normally and
the sound is output.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player.
(Refer to P.54A-228.)
STEP 2. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in IE+, IE- line between
hands free-ECU connector and radio and CD
player connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
54A-262
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
STEP 3. Check if the power supply circuit of
hands free-ECU have a problem.
Perform the Inspection procedure 1 "Check the
hands free-ECU power supply circuit." of the troubleshooting. (Refer to P.54A-258.)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair according to the troubleshooting for
reference.
STEP 4. Replace the hands free-ECU temporarily,
and check the trouble symptom.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the hands free-ECU.
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
Inspection Procedure 6: Voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your
dealer for service" is sent from the speaker
CAUTION
Before replacing the hands free-ECU or radio and
CD player, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit
are normal.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed.
Please try again or contact your dealer for service" is
sent from the speaker, the vehicle speed signal of
hands free-ECU has a problem. At this time, the
hands free-ECU, and the vehicle speed signal of
radio and CD player may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The hands free-ECU may be defective.
• The radio and CD player may be defective.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the radio and CD player
operation.
Check if the speed compensated volume function of
radio and CD player works normally during driving.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player
(Refer to P.54A-228).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player
(Refer to P.54A-220).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the diagnosis mode
Check if the hands free-ECU can be switched to the
diagnosis mode.(Refer to P.54A-254 <Vehicles with
1CD audio> or P.54A-256 <Vehicles with display
audio>.)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 5:
"DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an
entry." (Refer to P.54A-261.)
STEP 5. Replace the hands free-ECU temporarily,
and check the trouble symptom.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the hands free-ECU.
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-263
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
METHODS FOR PAIRING AND PAIRING DELETION WITH BLUETOOTH® DEVICE
<USING STEERING WHEEL REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH>
M1544405500454
NOTE: .
• For detail of the hands free-ECU, you can see to
access via the MITSUBISHI MOTORS web site.
Please read and agree the "Warning about Links
to the Web Sites of Other Companies" because it
connects other than MITSUBISHI MOTORS web
site.
http://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/products/index.html
• Some Bluetooth® devices (mobile phone or
music player) may not be compatible with the
hands free-ECU.
• A maximum of seven Bluetooth® devices can be
registered.
• This system cannot be used when a battery of
Bluetooth® devices was exhausted.
PAIRING METHOD
Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" or "ON" position.
"SPEECH" switch
ACB05490AC
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press the "SPEECH" switch.
Say "Setup."
Say "Pairing options."
The voice guide will say "Select one of the
following: pair, edit, delete, or list?"
5. Say "Pair."
6. The voice guide will say "Please say a 4-digit
pairing code."
7. Say a 4 digit number. The 4 digit number will be
registered as a pairing code for the device.
• When the confirmation function is on, the system
will confirm whether the number said is acceptable. Answer "Yes" to go Step 8. Say "No" to return
to pairing code selection.
NOTE: .
• The pairing code entered here is only used for
the Bluetooth® connection certification. It is
any 4-digit number the user would like to
select. A predetermined 4-digit number may
be assigned to some Bluetooth® devices.
• Remember the pairing code as it needs to be
keyed into the device later in the pairing process.
• Depending on the connection settings of the
Bluetooth® device, this code may have to be
entered each time you connect the Bluetooth®
device to the hands free-ECU. For the default
connection settings, refer to the instructions
for device.
8. The voice guide will say "Start pairing procedure
on device. See device manual for instructions."
Refer to the owner’s manual for your device and
enter into the device the pairing code that was
registered in Step 7.
9. When this system finds a Bluetooth® device, the
voice guide will say "Please say the name of the
device after the beep."
10.After you hear the beep, name the device by
saying a name of your preference.
NOTE: When the confirmation function is on, after
repeating the device tag you have said, the voice
guide will ask "Is this correct?" Answer "Yes".
To change the device tag, answer "No" and then
say the device tag again.
54A-264
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
11.The voice guide will say "Pairing complete," after
which a beep will be played and the pairing
process will end.
PAIRING DELETION METHOD
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" or "ON" position.
Press the Speech switch.
Say "Setup."
Say "Pairing options"
The voice guide will say "Select one of the
following: pair, edit, delete, or list"
6. Say "Delete."
7. After the voice guide says "Please say," the
numbers of the devices and device tags of
corresponding devices will be read out in order,
starting with the device that has been most
recently connected. After it completes reading all
pairs, the voice guide will say "or all."
Say the number of the device that you want to
delete from the system.
If you want to delete all paired devices from the
system, say "All."
8. For confirmation purposes, the voice guide will
say "Deleting (device tag) (number). Is this
correct?" or "Deleting all devices, Is this correct?"
9. Answer "Yes" to delete the devices.
Answer "No" the system will return to Step 5.
10.The voice guide will say "Deleted", and then the
system will end the device deletion process.
• If the device deletion process fails for some reason, the voice guide will say "Delete failed." and
then the system will cancel deleting the device.
HOW TO REGISTER AND DELETE BLUETOOTH® DEVICE <USING DISPLAY AUDIO>
M1544405500465
It is possible to perform Bluetooth® pairing and
remove a paired Bluetooth® device from the hands
free-ECU via a touch panel operation on the radio
and CD player screen.
NOTE: .
• For detail of the hands free-ECU, you can see to
access via the MITSUBISHI MOTORS web site.
Please read and agree the "Warning about Links
to the Web Sites of Other Companies" because it
connects other than MITSUBISHI MOTORS web
site.
http://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/products/index.html
• Some Bluetooth® devices (cellular phone and
music player) may not be compatible with the
hands free-ECU.
• A maximum of seven Bluetooth® devices can be
registered.
• This system cannot be used when a battery of
Bluetooth® devices was exhausted.
HOW TO DISPLAY "BLUETOOTH"
SCREEN
OPERATION ON THE MOBILE PHONE
SCREEN
12:00
AUX
Phone
Setting
Back
Voice
ACC00173
1. Select "Phone" button on the menu screen.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-265
HANDS FREE ECU
12:00
Mobile Phone
12:00
Bluetooth
01234567890_
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
#
Select Device to Connect
Clear
Register Device
Delete Registered Device
Set Passkey
+
Redial
Sub-menu
Back
Back
ACC00175AB
2. Select the sub-menu button on "Mobile Phone"
screen to go to the sub-menu screen.
12:00
Bluetooth
ACC00207
2. Select "Bluetooth Setting" button in "Setting"
screen to go to "Bluetooth" screen.
HOW TO REGISTER BLUETOOTH®
DEVICE
Go to "Bluetooth" screen.
Select Device to Connect
Register Device
Delete Registered Device
Set Passkey
12:00
Bluetooth
Back
Select Device to Connect
Register Device
ACC00207
Delete Registered Device
Set Passkey
3. Select "Bluetooth Setting" in the sub-menu to go
to "Bluetooth" screen.
Back
ACC00207
OPERATION ON THE MENU SCREEN
12:00
AUX
Phone
Setting
Back
Voice
ACC00173
Setting
1. Select "Register Device" button on "Bluetooth"
screen.
NOTE: "Register Device" is inactive under the following cases:
.
• Seven Bluetooth® devices have been registered.
• Mobile phone is being used.
• Bluetooth® device(s) are being removed.
• Registration of Bluetooth® device(s) are being
cancelled.
12:00
12:00
Register Device
Display Off
Clock Screen
System Setting
RDS Setting
Color Contrast
Bluetooth Setting
Sound Control
Version Info
Back
The connection between Bluetooth device is in
progress. Use the passkey as 1212
Confirm the user manual of the Bluetooth device
for passkey input method related to Bluetooth
device.
Cancel
ACC00174
ACC00211
1. Select "Setting" button on the menu screen.
2. "Starting registration to Bluetooth device" will be
displayed. Then "Register Device" screen will be
displayed. Enter the passkey (4-digit number),
which is displayed on the screen, to the
appropriate Bluetooth® device.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-266
HANDS FREE ECU
NOTE: A predetermined 4-digit number may be
assigned to some Bluetooth® devices.
1. If you select "Delete Registered Device" button on
"Bluetooth" screen, "Delete Registered Device"
screen will be displayed.
12:00
Select Device to Connect
Delete Registered Device
12:00
Device Name : XXXX XXXXXX
XXXXX
Connect Telephone
XXXX XXXXXX
Connect Audio
XX-XXX
XXX_XXXXXX
Enter
Back
Delete
Back
ACC00213
3. If the registration is successfully completed,
"Bluetooth device certification process finished
with XXXX(Bluetooth® device name)" will be
displayed. It will be switched to "Select Device to
Connect" screen in several seconds and then
display registered Bluetooth® device(s).
HOW TO DELETE BLUETOOTH® DEVICE
Go to "Bluetooth" screen.
12:00
Bluetooth
ACC00209
2. On "Delete Registered Device" screen, select a
Bluetooth® device you want to remove. Then
select "Delete" button.
NOTE: You cannot select the Bluetooth®
device(s) you are using.
3. When "Do you want to delete the Bluetooth device
entry?" is displayed, select "Delete" button again.
4. If at least one Bluetooth® device is still registered,
it will be switched to "Delete Registered Device"
screen. If no devices are registered, it will be
switched to "Bluetooth" screen.
Select Device to Connect
HANDS FREE ECU
Register Device
Delete Registered Device
Set Passkey
Back
ACC00207
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544405400305
Pre-removal Operation
• Centre Lower Box Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Centre Lower Box Assembly Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
Hands free ECU
ACB05453AB
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
dures, refer to P.54A-248.
M1549101300355
For the USB cable removal and installation proce-
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-267
HANDS FREE ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1549100800476
For the USB adapter removal and installation procedures, refer to P.54A-249.
M1546023300324
For the microphone unit removal and installation procedures, refer to P.54A-167.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1546024200331
For the steering wheel remote control switch removal
and installation procedures, refer to GROUP 37 −
Steering .
USB ADAPTER CHECK
M1549101100328
For the inspection procedures, refer to P.54A-249.
STEERING WHEEL VOICE CONTROL
SWITCH CHECK
M1544401100476
Switch position
Tester
connection
Resistance
"SPEECH" switch 1 − 2
pushed
Approximately
4.6 kΩ
"OFF HOOK"
switch pushed
Approximately
6.3 kΩ
"ON HOOK"
switch pushed
Approximately
8.6 kΩ
ILLUMINATION CHECK
Apply the battery voltage to the connector terminal
No. 3, earth the terminal No. 4, and then check that
the illumination lights up.
"SPEECH"
switch
"OFF HOOK" "ON HOOK"
switch
switch
ACB05549AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-268
AMPLIFIER
AMPLIFIER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544004100789
CAUTION
To remove the front seat assembly of vehicle with side-air bag, refer to GROUP 52B − Service Precautions and Side-airbag Module(s) .
Pre-removal Operation
• Front Seat Assembly Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Front Seat Assembly ).
Post-installation Operation
• Front Seat Assembly Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Front Seat Assembly ).
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
2
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
1
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
3
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
4
ACB05392AB
<<A>>
1.
2.
3.
4.
Removal steps
Audio amplifier assembly
Audio amplifier cover
Audio amplifier
Bracket
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> BRACKET REMOVAL
Turn up and remove the carpet.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-269
SPEAKER
SPEAKER
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
SPEAKER TEST <VHICLES WITH RADIO
AND CD PLAYER>
M1544100500641
<Vehicles with 1CD audio>
HOW TO START SPEAKER CONNECTION
CHECK MODE
Enter the speaker connection check mode according
to the following steps:
1. Turn the Ignition switch to the "ACC" or "ON"
position and switch off the radio and CD player.
A
2. Press the following buttons in that order within
sixty seconds from step 1.
(1) Button A
(2) Button B
(3) Button C
(4) Button D
SPEAKER CONNECTION CHECK MODE
With the speaker connection check mode, the connection status of each speaker can be checked
based on the sound output from each speaker. The
procedure is as follows.
NOTE: If a button other than the button D is pressed,
or the ignition switch is turned to "LOCK" (OFF) position, you will exit from the speaker connection check
mode.
D
B
C
ACB05598 AB
Display
Front door speaker and tweeter (LH)
Press the button D.
Front door speaker and tweeter (RH)
Press the button D.
Rear door speaker (LH)
Press the button D.
Rear door speaker (RH)
Press the button D.
ACC00003
1. At the same time with the start of speaker check
mode, the sound for speaker connection check is
output from the front door speaker (LH) and
tweeter (LH).
2. Press the button D to switch the sound output for
speaker connection check from the front door
speaker (RH) and tweeter (RH).
3. Press the button D to switch the sound output for
speaker connection check from the rear door
speaker (LH).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-270
SPEAKER
4. Press the button D to switch the sound output for
speaker connection check from the rear door
speaker (RH).
SPEAKER
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544100300487
<Vehicles with display audio>
Refer to service mode P.54A-211.
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER, REAR DOOR SPEAKER
Post-installation Operation
• Learning of the Power Window Fully Closed Position
(Refer to GROUP 42A − Door, On-vehicle Service, Learning Procedures of Power Window Fully Closed Position ).
1
ACB05393AB
•
<<A>>
1.
Front door speaker removal
step
Front door trim (Refer to GROUP
52A − Door Trim ).
Front door speaker
•
<<A>>
1.
Rear door speaker removal
step
Rear door trim (Refer to GROUP
52A − Door Trim ).
Rear door speaker
TWEETER
Pre-removal Operation
• Front Door Sash Trim Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Door Trim ).
Post-installation Operation
• Front Door Sash Trim Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Door Trim ).
2
1
3
ACB05394AB
1.
2.
3.
Removal steps
Tweeter assembly
Tweeter
Bracket
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-271
SPEAKER
SUBWOOFER
Pre-removal Operation
• Quarter Trim Lower Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Trim ).
Post-installation Operation
• Quarter Trim Lower Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Trim ).
4.0 ± 2.0 N·m
Rear speaker box
4.0 ± 2.0 N·m
ACB05395 AB
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL
AC507244
Disconnect the connector, and remove by twisting as
shown in the figure.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-272
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544200201134
CAUTION
To remove the curtain air bag module of vehicle with Curtain air bag, refer to GROUP 52B − Service
Precautions and Curtain Air Bag Module(s) .
3
1
N
2
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
ACB05396 AB
1.
•
2.
Removal steps
Antenna rod
Headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A
− Headlining ).
Antenna base
•
3.
Removal steps (Continued)
Curtain air bag module [Refer to
GROUP 52B − Curtain Air Bag
Module(s) ].
Antenna feeder
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-273
DEFOGGER
DEFOGGER
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1545000600268
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness A (for
vehicles with CAN
communication)
c. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
communication)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
ETACS-ECU check (Diagnosis
code, service data)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-274
DEFOGGER
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communication
Interface (V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
ETACS-ECU check (Diagnosis
code, service data)
MB991499
Measurement probe
Measurements of voltage and
resistance value
NOTE: M.U.T.-II attached probe
(Commercial probes can also be
used.)
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
MB991499
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-275
DEFOGGER
Tool
a
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540500700038
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of Troubleshooting .
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1540500800035
Trouble symptom
Reference page
The rear window defogger does not work.
P.54A-276
54A-276
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
DEFOGGER
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
The rear window defogger does not work.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The rear window defogger relay may be defective
when the rear window defogger cannot be activated
although the rear window defogger switch is turned
on (the 20-minute timer initiates) or the ambient temperature is 3 °C or less (the rear window defogger
has never been activated since the ignition switch is
turned ON) with "Auto Rear Defogger (Engine Start)"
enabled by using the customisation function of the
ETACS-ECU.
NOTE: When the engine is not running, the rear window defogger does not work.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Wiring harness or connector failure
• Malfunction of A/C-ECU
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check that the air conditioner has not set a diagnosis
code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures.
(Refer to GROUP 55-trouble shooting .)
NO : Go to Step 3
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system's diagnosis code
Check that the ETACS-ECU has not set a diagnosis
code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures.
Refer to P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 4
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the rear window defogger switch signal by the
data list of the A/C-ECU.
• Start the engine.
• Turn the rear window defogger switch from off to
on.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 60
Rear defogger
switch
OFF → ON
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Refer to GROUP 55 − Inspection Procedure
13 "A/C-ECU power supply system"
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at rear window
defogger connector (power supply terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
(3) Rear window defogger switch must be turned on,
or the operational conditions for the
customisation function "Auto Rear Defogger
(Engine Start)" must be satisfied (measure within
20 minutes after the switch is turned on).
(4) Check the voltage between the rear window
defogger connector (power supply terminal) and
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6
NO : Go to Step 8
STEP 6. Resistance measurement at rear window
defogger connector (earth terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-277
DEFOGGER
(2) Measure the resistance between the rear window
defogger connector (earth terminal) and body
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11
NO : Go to Step 7
STEP 7. Check of open circuit in earth line
between rear window defogger connector and
body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 11. Check the rear window defogger.
Check the rear window defogger (Refer to
P.54A-277).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 12
NO : Replace the rear window glass, and then go
to Step 12.
STEP 12. Check the rear window defogger.
Check the rear window defogger (Refer to
P.54A-277).
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
PRINTED HEATER CHECK
M1540500500283
STEP 8. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (+B2 terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (+B2 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 10
NO : Go to Step 9
Normal characteristics of print heater
Voltage (V)
12
A (middle point)
6
0
Approximately 6 V
(+) terminal
(-) terminal
Length of print heater
Abnormal characteristics of print heater
STEP 9. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in +B2 line between
fusible link and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 10. Check of short to power supply, short
to earth, and open circuit in DEFL line between
ETACS-ECU connector and rear window
defogger connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 11
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
3. If the voltage of 12 V is indicated at the A point,
there is an open circuit between the A point and
negative terminal. Therefore, by moving the test
Voltage (V)
12
Disconnection
location
6
0
(-) terminal
(+) terminal
Length of print heater
AC407247AD
1. Let the engine run (2,000 r/min), and check the
printed heater with the battery fully charged.
2. With the rear window defogger switch "ON," use
the circuit tester to measure the voltage of each
printed heater at the rear window glass centre A
point. If approximately 6 V is indicated, it is judged
good.
bar slowly to the negative side, search and
determine the location where the voltage changes
suddenly (0 V). The location of voltage change
indicates the open circuit position.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-278
ETACS
4. Also, if the voltage indicates 0 V at the A point,
there is an open circuit between the A point and
positive terminal. Therefore, search and
determine the location of voltage change (12 V)
using the above mentioned method.
5. If a malfunction such as open circuit occurs,
replace the tailgate window glass (Refer to
GROUP 42A − Tailgate Window Glass ).
DEFOGGER SWITCH
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540600200386
For the defogger switch removal and installation procedures, refer to 55 − Heater Control Unit .
ETACS
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1545000600257
Tool
a
MB992744
b
MB992745
c
DO NOT USE
MB992746
d
MB992747
e
MB992748
ACB05421AB
Number
Name
Use
a. MB992744
b. MB992745
c. MB992746
d. MB992747
e. MB992748
a. Vehicle
communication
interface-Lite
(V.C.I.-Lite)
b. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness A (for
vehicles with CAN
communication)
c. V.C.I.-Lite main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
communication)
d. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable short
e. V.C.I.-Lite USB
cable long
ETACS-ECU check (Diagnosis
code, service data)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-279
ETACS
Tool
a
MB991824
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991955
a. MB991824
b. MB991827
c. MB991910
d. MB991911
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
M.U.T.-III
sub-assembly
a. Vehicle
Communication
Interface (V.C.I.)
b. M.U.T.-III USB
cable
c. M.U.T.-III main
harness A
(Vehicles with CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
CAN
communication
system)
e. M.U.T.-III measure
adapter
f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
CAUTION
For vehicles with CAN
communication, use M.U.T.-III
main harness A to send
simulated vehicle speed. If you
connect M.U.T.-III main harness
B instead, the CAN
communication does not
function correctly.
ETACS-ECU check (Diagnosis
code, service data)
MB991499
Measurement probe
Measurements of voltage and
resistance value
NOTE: M.U.T.-II attached probe
(Commercial probes can also be
used.)
MB991827
c
MB991910
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
e
MB991825
f
MB991826
MB991955
MB991499
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-280
ETACS
Tool
a
b
Number
Name
Use
MB991223
a. MB991219
b. MB991220
c. MB991221
d. MB991222
Harness set
a. Check harness
b. LED harness
c. LED harness
adapter
d. Probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
a. For checking connector pin
contact pressure
b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
MB992006
Extra fine probe
Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1545000900076
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1545001000203
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
The freeze frame data can be checked by using the
M.U.T.-III.
When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
the ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data
before the determination of the diagnosis code and
the data when the diagnosis code is determined, and
then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
each data from M.U.T.-III, the troubleshooting can be
performed more efficiently. The displayed items are
as the table below.
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
Display item list
Item No.
Item name
Data item
Unit
1
Odometer
Total driving distance after the diagnosis code is
generated
km
2
Ignition cycle
Number of times the ignition switch is turned "ON" or Number of
"LOCK (OFF)" after the past failure transition
counts is
displayed.
3
Elapsed time after
failure
Total elapsed time after a diagnosis code is
generated
4
Current trouble
accumulative time
Cumulative time for current malfunction of diagnosis min
code
min*
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-281
ETACS
NOTE: *: Total elapsed time can be stored up to
65,534 minutes (45.5 days). The display of M.U.T.-III
is fixed to 65,534 minutes after 65,534 minutes have
elapsed. Or, if the battery is disconnected, the total
elapsed time cannot be measured properly. Thus,
65,535 minutes (null value) is displayed. Because it
is calculated based on the ETACS-ECU information,
the correct display may not be shown if the
ETACS-ECU has had a timeout.
Diagnosis Diagnostic item
code No.
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
M1545001101399
Reference page
B1034
Ambient temperature sensor low
B1035
Ambient temperature sensor high
Refer to GROUP 55 − Diagnosis
code chart .
B16A2
Turn signal (LH) bulb outage
P.54A-89
B16A3
Turn signal (LH) circuit short
B16A4
Turn signal (RH) bulb outage
B16A5
Turn signal (RH) circuit short
B16A6
Turn signal fuse blown
B16A7
Tail lamp (RH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp P.54A-137
(RH) circuit or the tail lamp (RH) circuit>
B16A8
Tail lamp (LH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp
(LH) circuit, tail lamp (LH) circuit or the licence plate lamp
circuit>
B1761*1
Chassis No. not programmed
P.54A-283
B1762*2
IOD fuse not seated fully
P.54A-283
B1731
immobiliz ENG ECU authentication timeout
er system Transponder ID not registered
P.54A-23
B1A24
B1A25
Transponder ID unmatched
B1A28
ENG ECU authentication error
B1A35
Transponder read error
B2352
Antenna fail
P.54A-94
B210A
+B power supply (low)
B210B
+B power supply (high)
B2206*1
Chassis No. mismatch
P.54A-286
B2215*1
ECU internal error (EEPROM)
P.54A-287
B222C*1
Coding not completed
P.54A-287
B2350
Lighting switch
P.54A-203
B2351
Wiper switch
B2353
Ignition power supply (low)
B2354
Ignition power supply (high)
P.54A-285
P.54A-287
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-282
ETACS
Diagnosis Diagnostic item
code No.
Reference page
B2510
P.54A-122
B2513
B2514
B2515
Headlam
p
automatic
levelling
system
B2516
U0100
Height Sensor Not Initialized
Levelling actuator output voltage
Height sensor supply voltage
Front height sensor signal
Rear height sensor signal
Engine CAN timeout
P.54A-288
T/M CAN timeout
P.54A-289
U0114
4WD CAN timeout
P.54A-290
U0121
ABS/ASC CAN timeout
P.54A-291
U0131
EPS CAN timeout
P.54A-292
U0151
SRS-ABG CAN timeout
P.54A-294
U0155
Meter CAN timeout
P.54A-295
U0164
A/C CAN timeout
P.54A-296
U0168
KOS/WCM CAN timeout
P.54A-297
U0184
Audio CAN timeout
P.54A-298
U0230
Power Gate CAN timeout
P.54A-299
U0245
AND CAN timeout
P.54A-300
U1000
OSS CAN timeout
P.54A-301
U1005
Corner/Back SNS.ECU CAN timeout
P.54A-302
U0101
CAN
communi
cation
U0331
ECU internal error (ROM)
P.54A-303
U1073
Bus off (CAN-C-Mid)
P.54A-303
U0169
LIN
communi
cation
Refer to GROUP 54B −
Diagnosis Code Chart .
U0231
Sunroof LIN timeout <Vehicles with sunroof>
RLS LIN timeout <vehicles with lighting control
sensor>
U150B
Column SW LIN checksum error
U1511
Sunroof ECU LIN checksum error <Vehicles with
sunroof>
U1512
RLS LIN checksum error <vehicles with lighting
control sensor>
U1514
LIN transmission bit error
U1515
No bus activity error for LIN
NOTE: .
• *1: If diagnosis codes No. B1761, B2206, B2215,
B222C is set, there may be an error with the coding data stored in the ETACS-ECU.
• *2: Does not detect historic trouble.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-283
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No.B1761 Chassis No. not programmed
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
If the chassis number is not written to the
ETACS-ECU, the ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code
No. B1761.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Chassis No. not programmed
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) If no chassis number is stored in the
ETACS-ECU, check whether a chassis number is
stored in the engine-ECU.(Refer to GROUP 13A
− Diagnosis code No.P0630 "Chassis Number
not Programmed" ).
(4) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No. B1762 IOD fuse not seated fully
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
• When voltage at the power supply fuse (fuse No.
BF3) drops below 5 V with the ignition switch ON
and then the ACC OFF signal is detected for 5
seconds, the ETACS-ECU will store diagnosis
code No. B1762.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of fuse No. BF3
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the OSS-ECU <Vehicles with one
touch start system>
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-284
ETACS
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the power supply fuses (fuse No.
BF3)
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check that the OSS-ECU set a diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS-ECU. Refer to GROUP
42B, Troubleshooting P.54A-39.
NO : Go to Step 4
Fuse Nos. BF3
Relay box
ACB04410AC
Check the power supply fuses (fuse No. BF3). (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points − Inspection Service Points for a
Blown Fuse .)
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
Inspection Service Points for a Blown Fuse .
Then go to Step 5.
STEP 2. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in IOD1 line between
fusible link and ETACS-ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES <vehicles with one touch start system> : Go
to Step 3
YES <vehicles without one touch start system> :
Go to Step 4
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
Then go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ACC line between
ignition switch (ACC) <vehicles without one
touch start system>or OSS-ECU (ACC) <vehicles
with one touch start system> and ETACS-ECU
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
Then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : If the trouble symptom is resolved, an
intermittent malfunction such as poorly
engaged connector(s) or wiring harness is
suspected. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-285
ETACS
Code No.B210A +B power supply (low)
Code No.B210B +B power supply (high)
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The ETACS-ECU sets the code No. B210A if the
power supply fuse (IOD fuse) voltage decreases to
the specified value or less, and sets the code No.
B210B if the power supply fuse (IOD fuse) voltage
increases to the specified value or more. However,
when the status returns to normal, the ETACS-ECU
automatically erases the code Nos. B210A and
B210B.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Charge or replace the battery.
STEP 3. Charging system check
Refer to GROUP 16 − Charging System .
Q: Is the charging system in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair or replace the charging system
component(s).
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (IOD1 terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the
ETACS-ECU connector (IOD1 terminal) and body
earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The power supply fuse or the ETACS-ECU may have
a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of power supply fuse
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Malfunction of the battery
Malfunction of the alternator
Malfunction of harness
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Power supply fuse check
Q: Is the fuse in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 2P.54A-285.
NO : Replace the power supply fuse, and then go
to Step 7.
STEP 2. Battery check
Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test P.54A-10.
Q: Is the battery in good condition?
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in IOD1 line between
fusible link and ETACS-ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the power supply fuse voltage.
• Ignition switch: OFF
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 253
Voltage sensing System voltage
of IOD Line
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
54A-286
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
ETACS
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.B2206 Chassis No. mismatch
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. B2206 is set, always
diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the chassis number which is stored in the
ETACS-ECU does not correspond to that which is
stored in the engine-ECU, diagnosis code No.B2206
will be set.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
If the chassis number which is stored in the
ETACS-ECU does not correspond to that which is
stored in the engine-ECU, the ETACS-ECU will
determine that the system is defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Chassis number not written
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of engine-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the chassis numbers which have
been stored in the ETACS-ECU and the
engine-ECU.
Check whether the chassis numbers which have
been stored in the ETACS-ECU and the engine-ECU
correspond to the actual chassis number written on
the vehicle document.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO <engine-ECU> : Perform the variant coding for
the engine-ECU, and then go to Step 2.
NO <ETACS-ECU> : Perform the variant coding for
the ETACS-ECU, and then go to Step 3.
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU, and then go to
Step 3.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-287
ETACS
Code No.B2215 ECU internal error (EEPROM)
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
When the ETACS-ECU internal error count reaches
"255," the diagnosis code No. B2215 is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Code No.B222C Coding not completed
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
If the ETACS-ECU is in the initial state or the variant
coding is incomplete, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B222C.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Variant code not written
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Code No.B2353 Ignition power supply (low)
Code No.B2354 Ignition power supply (high)
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
These diagnosis codes are set when the IG voltage
decreases to the specified value or less (code No.
B2353) or increases to the specified value or more
(code No. B2354). However, when the status returns
to normal, the code Nos. B2353 and B2354 are automatically erased.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the IG voltage.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 254
IG voltage
System voltage
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Battery check
Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test P.54A-10.
Q: Is the battery in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Charge or replace the battery.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The power supply circuit or the ETACS-ECU may
have a problem.
STEP 3. Charging system check
Refer to GROUP 16 − Charging System .
PROBABLE CAUSES
Q: Is the charging system in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair or replace the charging system
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of power supply circuit
Malfunction of the battery
Malfunction of the alternator
Malfunction of harness
Malfunction of the ignition switch
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Malfunction of the OSS-ECU <Vehicles with one
touch start system>
component(s).
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (IG1 terminal)
(1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting
the connector.
54A-288
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (IG1 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ETACS +B line between
ignition switch (IG1) <vehicles without one touch
start system>or OSS-ECU (IG1) connector
<vehicles with one touch start system> and
ETACS-ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS
YES : Refer to Inspection Procedure 2
"Malfunction of the ignition switch power
supply system." P.54A-16
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0100 Engine CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U0100 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from engine-ECU cannot be received,
the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0100.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the engine-ECU
cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of engine-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
13A − Diagnosis Code Chart ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code No. U0100 is set to the
CVT-ECU, 4WD-ECU, ABS-ECU and ASC-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
54A-289
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the engine-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the engine-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0101 T/M CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U0101 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from CVT-ECU cannot be received, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0101.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the CVT-ECU
cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CVT-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
54A-290
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the CVT-ECU,
A/T-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the CVT. Refer to GROUP
23A − Diagnosis code chart .
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0101 is set to the
engine-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
ETACS
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the CVT-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the CVT-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the CVT-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0114 4WD CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0114 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from 4WD-ECU cannot be received, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0114.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the 4WD-ECU
cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of 4WD-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the 4WD-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the electronically controlled
54A-291
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the 4WD-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the 4WD-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0114 is set to the
ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
4WD (Refer to GROUP 27C −
Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the 4WD-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0121 ABS/ASC CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U0121 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC>
or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> cannot be
received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code
No. U0121.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the ABS-ECU
<vehicles without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with
ASC> cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
54A-292
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
PROBABLE CAUSES
•
•
•
•
Malfunction of ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC>
Malfunction of ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC>
Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ABS-ECU
<vehicles without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with
ASC>.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the ASC-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ASC.
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting .
The diagnosis code is not set. : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0121 is set to the
engine-ECU or 4WD-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ETACS
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ABS-ECU <vehicles without
ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC>.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC> or
ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> and the
ETACS-ECU (GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC> or
ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> and the
ETACS-ECU (GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0131 EPS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U0131 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from EPS-ECU cannot be received, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0131.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the EPS-ECU
cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the EPS-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the EPS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the EPS. Refer to GROUP 37
− Troubleshooting .
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0131 is set to the
engine-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54A-293
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the EPS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the EPS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the EPS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
54A-294
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Code No.U0151 SRS-ABG CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0151 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from SRS-ECU cannot be received, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0151.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the SRS-ECU
cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the SRS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the SRS air bag (Refer to
GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0151 is set to the
KOS-ECU, WCM, radio and CD player, combination
meter, or A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-295
Code No.U0155 Meter CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU or combination
meter, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to P.54A-39.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set to the
KOS-ECU, WCM, radio and CD player, SRS-ECU, or
A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from combination meter cannot be
received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code
No. U0155.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the combination
meter cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
the ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of combination meter
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the combination meter and the ETACS-ECU
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54A-296
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the combination meter and the ETACS-ECU
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0164 A/C CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0164.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the A/C-ECU
cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the A/C-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the A/C (Refer to GROUP 55
− Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set to the
KOS-ECU, WCM, radio and CD player, combination
meter, or SRS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
54A-297
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the A/C-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0168 KOS/WCM CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0168 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from KOS-ECU cannot be received, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0168.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the KOS-ECU
cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the KOS-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
YES : Replace the KOS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the KOS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the KOS. Refer to GROUP
42B − Diagnosis Code Chart .
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0168 is set to the
SRS-ECU, radio and CD player, combination meter,
or A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
the KOS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
54A-298
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
ETACS
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the KOS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0184 Audio CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0184 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU or radio and CD
player, ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the signals from radio and CD player cannot
be received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis
code No. U0184.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the radio and CD
player cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
the ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of radio and CD player
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the radio and CD
player.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Perform the diagnosis code troubleshooting
to the audio unit. Refer to P.54A-220.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0184 is set to the
SRS-ECU, combination meter, or A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the radio and CD player and the
ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
54A-299
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the radio and CD player and the
ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Code No. U0230 Power Gate CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No.U0230 is set in the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN main
bus line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If no signal from the electric tailgate control unit can
be received, ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No.
U0230.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue for 5 seconds, if
the communication with the electric tailgate control
unit cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10 to 16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the electric tailgate control unit
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting .)
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if a diagnosis code is set in the electric tailgate control unit.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the electric tailgate control
system. (Refer to GROUP 42A −
Troubleshooting )
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if diagnosis code No. U0230 is set to
A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
54A-300
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the electric tailgate control unit.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the electric tailgate control unit and
the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points - How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction .)
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the electric tailgate control unit and
the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points - How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction .)
Code No.U0245 AND CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U0245 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU or CAN box unit
(MMCS), ensure that the power supply circuit,
the earth circuit and the communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the signals from CAN box unit (MMCS) cannot
be received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis
code No. U0245.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the CAN box unit
(MMCS) be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of CAN box unit (MMCS)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the CAN box unit
(MMCS).
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Perform the diagnosis code troubleshooting
to the CAN box unit (MMCS).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0245 is set to the
KOS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-301
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the CAN box unit (MMCS).
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the CAN box unit (MMCS) and the
ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the CAN box unit (MMCS) and the
ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Code No.U1000 OSS CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. U1000 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the OSS-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ).
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from OSS-ECU cannot be received, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U1000.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the OSS-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the OSS. Refer to GROUP
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the OSS-ECU
cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
42B − Troubleshooting .
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Check if the diagnosis code No. U1000 is set to the
KOS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
54A-302
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the OSS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the OSS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the OSS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No. U1005 Corner/Back SNS.ECU CAN timeout
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No. U1005 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
cannot be received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U1005.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU cannot be established for 600
ms or more, the ETACS-ECU determines that a
problem has occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting .)
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check if a diagnosis code is set to the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Perform troubleshooting for the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU. (Refer to
P.54A-179.)
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-303
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
sensor-ECU. Go to Step 4.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU and ETACS-ECU. (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU and ETACS-ECU. (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
Code No.U0331 ECU internal error (ROM)
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
If the ETACS-ECU error counter value is detected to
be "255," the diagnosis code No. U0331 is set, and
the ETACS-ECU is reset. The diagnosis code No.
U0331 exists only for the past trouble.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
Code No.U1073 Bus off (CAN-C-Mid)
CAUTION
• If diagnosis code No.U1073 is set in the
ETACS-ECU, diagnose the CAN bus
(CAN-C-Mid) lines.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
If the ETACS-ECU detects a bus off error
(CAN-C-Mid), diagnosis code No. U1073 will be set.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The ETACS-ECU or its CAN bus (CAN-C-Mid) lines
may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of wiring harness or connector
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 3.
54A-304
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
reset.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU, and Then go to
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to GROUP 54C, Diagnosis Item 5
Step 1.
NO : The procedure is complete.
"Communication with no ECUs is possible
(CAN-C-Mid)" , and Then go to Step 3.
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
NO : If the trouble is solved, it is determined that
M1545001300657
there is an intermittent malfunction such as
NOTE: Some items are not displayed on M.U.T.-III
poor engaged connector(s) or open circuit
according
to the information in the ECU.
(Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions
).
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
200
Original VIN writing status
When writing status is normal
Comp/Unperformed
or Comp and locked
When writing status is abnormal ECU internal Err
201
Current VIN writing status
When writing status is normal
Comp/Unperformed
When writing status is abnormal ECU internal Err
203
Process error
When no error is present
No error
When error is present
Interrupt error or
Switch error or
Sequence error or
Stick pointer Err or
Dispatch call Er or
RAM error or Other
error
204
Coding counter
−
0−255 times
205
Coding counter Option
−
0−255 times
206
Head lamp LO ON duty
When low-beam headlamps are 100 %
on
207
Fan control relay ON duty
When headlamps (low-beam)
are off
0%
When fan is in operation
100 %
When fan is stopped
0%
208
Room lamp ON duty
When room lamp is turned from Lamp is dimmed from
ON to OFF
100% (when ON) to
0%.
209
Gate lamp ON duty
When tailgate is opened
100 %
When tailgate is closed
0%
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-305
ETACS
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
210
When door is opened
100 %
When door is closed
0%
When high-beam headlamps
are on
ON
When high-beam headlamps
are off
OFF
When front fog lamp is on
ON
When front fog lamp is off
OFF
211
212
IG key illumination
Head lamp Hi
Front fog lamp
213
Horn security horn
Not used
−
214
Head lamp washer
When headlamp washer is in
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
215
Security indicator
Not used
−
216
IG1-2 fuel pump
Ignition switch: ON position
ON
Ignition switch: Other than ON
position
OFF
When tail lamp and position
lamp are on
ON
When tail lamp and position
lamp are off
OFF
When turn-signal lamp is on
ON
When turn-signal lamp is off
OFF
Ignition switch: ON position
ON
Ignition switch: Other than ON
position
OFF
1. Engine: ON (2000 r/min)
2. Defogger switch: ON
ON
Other than above
OFF
When interior lamp is on
ON
218
219
220
221
222
Tail lamp
Turn RH/LH lamp
Blower fan relay
Defogger
Interior lamp cut
When the lamp is turned OFF
OFF
by the activation of interior lamp
automatic shutdown function
224
227
Door lock
Door unlock
When locking is performed by
central door locking
ON
Other than above
OFF
When unlocking is performed by ON
central door locking
Other than above
228
Dr door unlock
OFF
When unlocking is performed by ON
central door locking
Other than above
OFF
54A-306
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
230
Tailgate lock release handle:
ON
ON
Other than above
OFF
When rear fog lamp is on
ON
When rear fog lamp is off
OFF
Ignition switch: ACC or ON
position
ON
231
232
Gate opener
Rear fog lamp
ACC Relay
Ignition switch: Other than ACC OFF
or ON position
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
Fan Lo
Fan Hi
Front wiper ACT
Front wiper Lo/Hi
Front washer
Rear washer
Rear wiper
Power window
Hold mirror open
Hold mirror close
When fan is in Lo operation
ON
When fan is stopped
OFF
When fan is in Hi operation
ON
When fan is stopped
OFF
When windshield wipers are in
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
When windshield wipers are in
high-speed operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
When windshield washer is in
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
When rear washer is in
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
When rear wiper is in operation ON
Other than above
OFF
Ignition switch: ON position
ON
Ignition switch: OFF position
ON → OFF (30
seconds after turned)
Door mirror: Opened
ON
Door mirror: Closed
OFF
Door mirror: Closed
ON
Door mirror: Opened
OFF
243
Dead lock
Not used
OFF
244
Independent DRL
Not used
OFF
251
Auto lamp Sensor
Not used
−
252
Ambient temperature sensor
Ignition switch: ON position
0−5 V
253
Voltage sensing of IOD Line
Always
System voltage
254
IG voltage
Ignition switch: ON position
System voltage
256
Dr door ajar switch
Driver's door: Open
Open
Driver's door: Closed
Close
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-307
ETACS
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
257
Front passenger's door: Open
Open
As door ajar switch
Front passenger's door: Closed Close
258
259
260
RR door ajar switch
RL door ajar switch
Gate ajar switch
Rear right door: Open
Open
Rear right door: Closed
Close
Rear left door: Open
Open
Rear left door: Closed
Close
Tailgate: Open
Open
Tailgate: Closed
Close
262
Room lamp centre ON switch
Not used
OFF
263
Room lamp centre OFF switch
Not used
OFF
264
Handle lock switch
When the ignition key is
inserted into the ignition key
cylinder
Key in
When the ignition key is
removed from the ignition key
cylinder
Key out
While hazard switch is pressed
ON
Other than above
OFF
265
Hazard switch
266
Hood switch
Not used
OFF
267
Mirror switch
Remote controlled mirror
switch: ON (when the switch is
operated)
ON
Remote controlled mirror
OFF
switch: OFF (when the switch is
not operated)
268
Gate opener switch
Not used
OFF
270
Dr door lock switch
When driver's door is locked
Lock
Other than above
Not lock
When driver's door is unlocked
Unlock
Other than above
Not Unlock
271
272
273
Dr door unlock switch
As door unlock switch
Except Dr/As door unlock switch
When front passenger's door is Unlock
unlocked
Other than above
Not Unlock
Not used
Unlock
Not Unlock
274
Door key lock switch
Not used
OFF
275
Dr door key unlock switch
Not used
OFF
276
Door key unlock switch
Not used
OFF
277
Power lock switch
Power window main switch
(door lock switch): Lock
ON
Other than above
OFF
54A-308
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
278
Power window main switch
(door lock switch): Unlock
ON
Other than above
OFF
279
Power unlock switch
Brake fluid switch
When brake fluid level is normal ON
When brake fluid level is low
OFF
280
Washer fluid/Trailer turn SW
Not used
OFF
281
ASC/TCL OFF switch
ASC OFF switch: During ON
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
283
ESS cancel switch
Not used
OFF
287
Starter switch
Ignition switch: START position
ON
Ignition switch: Other than
START position
OFF
Ignition switch: ACC or ON
position
ON
288
ACC switch
Ignition switch: Other than ACC OFF
and ON position
289
290
291
292
Backup lamp or shift reveres SW
Stop lamp switch
Front wiper auto stop switch
Rear wiper auto stop switch
Shift lever is in reverse position ON
Other than above
OFF
Brake pedal depressed
ON
Other than above
OFF
When windshield wipers are in
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
When rear wiper is in operation ON
Other than above
OFF
293
Process error information
−
−
294
Process error counter
−
0−255 times
295
Rear sunroof unlock
Not used
OFF
340
Head lamp switch(tail)
Lighting switch: Position lamp
position
ON
Other than above
OFF
Lighting switch: During dimmer
switch operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
Lighting switch: High beam
position
ON
Other than above
OFF
Turn-signal lamp switch: LH
position
ON
Other than above
OFF
341
342
343
Head lamp switch
Head lamp switch(Dimmer)
Turn switch left
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-309
ETACS
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
344
Turn-signal lamp switch: RH
position
ON
Other than above
OFF
Fog lamp switch: During ON
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
Fog lamp switch: During OFF
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
345
346
Turn switch right
Fog lamp ON
Fog lamp OFF
347
Switch type
−
LHD
348
Head lamp switch(auto)
Lighting switch: AUTO position
ON
Other than above
OFF
349
Head lamp cleaner
Not used
OFF
350
Head lamp switch(flasher)
Lighting switch: During dimmer
switch operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
Ignition switch: Other than ON
and START position
OK
Ignition switch: ON or START
position
NG
Wiper switch: INT position
ON
Other than above
OFF
Wiper switch: LO position
ON
Other than above
OFF
Wiper switch: HI position
ON
Other than above
OFF
Wiper switch: During washer
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
Wiper switch: Rear wiper
ON
Other than above
OFF
Wiper switch: During rear
washer operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
Wiper switch: During MIST
operation
ON
Other than above
OFF
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
Column ECU sleep
Front wiper(INT)
Front wiper(LO)
Front wiper(HI)
Front wiper(washer)
Rear wiper
Rear wiper(washer)
Front wiper(MIST)
359
Front wiper(interval volume)
Variable intermittent wiper
control switch is switched from
(+) to (−).
Value changes from
0 (+) to 254 (−).
360
Wiper switch lever fail
When normal
No fail
When abnormality is present
Fail
54A-310
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Item No. M.U.T.-III display
Check condition
Normal condition
361
When normal
No fail
When abnormality is present
Fail
Turn/Lamp switch lever fail
400
Indirect lamp switch
Not used
OFF
401
Indirect lamp
Not used
−
404
FCM switch
Not used
OFF
405
LDW switch
Not used
OFF
406
ACCS vehicle interval setting SW
Not used
OFF
407
Charging Lid ajar switch
Not used
Open
Close
408
Filler lid Open SW/ECO mode SW
Not used
OFF
409
LED Head lamp fail
Not used
−
410
HS power supply voltage
Ignition switch: ON position
5V
411
Front HS signal voltage
Ignition switch: ON position
0.7 − 4.1 V
412
Rear HS signal voltage
Ignition switch: ON position
0.7 − 4.1 V
413
Front HS initial position
Ignition switch: ON position
5V
414
Rear HS initial position
Ignition switch: ON position
5V
415
HS initialization status
The ETACS-ECU initialisation is Not run
not implemented.
The ETACS-ECU initialisation is Completed
completed.
416
A/L indicating voltage ratio
Ignition switch: ON position
0 − 100 %
417
A/L actuator line voltage
Ignition switch: ON position
V
418
A/L actuator output voltage
Ignition switch: ON position
V
419
EEPROM error
When no error is present
ON
When error is present
OFF
When no error is present
ON
When error is present
OFF
When no error is present
ON
When error is present
OFF
When no error is present
ON
When error is present
OFF
420
421
422
423
Boot loader Err
ADC Error
PLL Error
IG key illumination fail
Ignition key cylinder illumination ON
lamp: Illuminates
Ignition key cylinder illumination OFF
lamp: OFF
424
Shift Lock solenoid fail
When a problem is present
(short to power supply)
ON
Other than above
OFF
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-311
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1545001200412
Trouble symptom
Reference page
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU power supply circuit
P.54A-311
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU power supply circuit
CAUTION
When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without KOS is
replaced, the encrypted code of the ignition key
needs to be registered to the ETACS-ECU. (If the
encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as
described in Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If the ETACS-ECU functions do not work at all, the
ETACS-ECU power supply system, earth system, or
ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (+B terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (+B terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Resistance measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (EARTH, SGND terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the
ETACS-ECU connector (EARTH terminal) and
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(3) Measure the resistance between the
ETACS-ECU connector (SGND terminal) and
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check of open circuit in EARTH, SGND
line between ETACS-ECU connector and body
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in IOD1 line between
fusible link and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (+B1 terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (+B1 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
54A-312
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
STEP 6. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in +B1 line between
fusible link and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the ETACS-ECU functions work normally.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART FOR INPUT
SIGNAL
M1545004900595
Trouble symptom
Inspection
Procedure No.
Reference
page
The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received.
1
P.54A-312
The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received.
2
P.54A-313
The key reminder switch signal is not received. <Vehicles without KOS> 3
P.54A-314
The front door lock actuator (driver’s side) signal is not received.
4
P.54A-315
The front door switch (driver’s side) signal is not received.
5
P.54A-316
The front door switch (passenger’s side) signal is not received.
6
P.54A-317
The rear door switch (RH) signal is not received.
7
P.54A-318
The rear door switch (LH) signal is not received.
8
P.54A-318
The tailgate lock actuator <vehicles without electric tailgate> or tailgate 9
latch <vehicles with electric tailgate> signal is not received.
P.54A-319
The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received.
10
P.54A-320
The column switch signal is not received.
11
P.54A-321
The stop lamp switch signal is not received.
12
P.54A-321
The remote controlled mirror switch (fold switch) signal is not received. 13
P.54A-322
The ASC OFF switch signal is not received.
P.54A-323
14
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If there is an error to the input signal (ACC) from the
ignition switch <Vehicles without KOS> or OSS-ECU
<Vehicles with one touch start system>, or if the ACC
relay in ETACS-ECU does not function normally, the
ignition switch (ACC) signal is no longer output to the
communication line.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-313
ETACS
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the ignition switch <Vehicles without KOS>
• Malfunction of the OSS-ECU <Vehicles with one
touch start system>
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (ACC terminal).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (ACC terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO <vehicles with one touch start system> : Go to
Step 2.
NO <vehicles without one touch start system> :
Go to Step 3.
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check that the OSS-ECU set a diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS-ECU. Refer to GROUP
42B, Troubleshooting P.54A-39.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 3. Ignition switch check
Check the ignition switch. Refer to P.54A-19.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Troubleshoot the ignition switch. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "Malfunction of the
ignition switch power supply system"
P.54A-14.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ACC line between
ignition switch (ACC) <Vehicles without KOS> or
OSS-ECU (ACC) <Vehicles with one touch start
system> and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the input signals from the ignition switch
(ACC).
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 288
ACC switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
• Malfunction of the OSS-ECU <Vehicles with one
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If there is an error to the input signal (IG1) from the
ignition switch <Vehicles without KOS> or OSS-ECU
<Vehicles with one touch start system>, or if the IG
relay in ETACS-ECU does not function normally, the
ignition switch (IG1) signal is no longer output to the
communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of the ignition switch <Vehicles without KOS>
touch start system>
54A-314
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Troubleshoot the ignition switch. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "Malfunction of the
ignition switch power supply system"
P.54A-14.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (IG1 terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (IG1 terminal) and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO <vehicles with one touch start system> : Go to
Step 2.
NO <vehicles without one touch start system> :
Go to Step 3.
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
other systems
Check that the OSS-ECU set a diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the OSS-ECU. Refer to GROUP
42B, Troubleshooting P.54A-39.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in IG1 line between
ignition switch (IG1) <Vehicles without KOS> or
OSS-ECU (IG1) <Vehicles with one touch start
system> and ETACS-ECU connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the input signal from the ignition switch (IG1).
• Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 254
IG voltage
System voltage
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 3. Ignition switch check
Check the ignition switch. Refer to P.54A-19.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 3: The key reminder switch signal is not received. <Vehicles without KOS>
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The key reminder switch input signal is used for the
operation judgement of the functions below. If the
signal is abnormal, these functions will not work.
•
•
•
•
•
Ignition key reminder function
Central door locking
Keyless entry system
Ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
Room lamp
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the key reminder switch.
Refer to P.54A-20.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-315
ETACS
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the key reminder switch.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at key
reminder switch connector (earth terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the key
reminder switch connector (earth terminal) and
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between key reminder switch connector and the
body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in HL1+ line between
ETACS-ECU connector and key reminder switch
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the input signals from the key reminder
switch.
• Ignition switch: "LOCK" (OFF) (key inserted)
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 264
Handle lock switch
Key in
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 4: The front door lock actuator (driver’s side) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The front door lock actuator (driver’s side) input signal is used for the operation judgement of the functions below. If the signal is abnormal, these functions
will not work normally.
• Key reminder function
• Central door locking
• KOS
• Keyless entry system
• Room lamp
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator
(driver’s side)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Front door lock actuator (driver’s side)
check
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the front door lock actuator
(driver’s side).
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at front door
lock actuator (LH) connector (earth terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the door lock
actuator (LH) connector (earth terminal) and body
54A-316
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between front door lock actuator (LH) connector
and body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in DDUK line between
ETACS-ECU connector and front door lock
actuator (LH) connector
ETACS
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Change the status of driver's door from unlocked to
locked.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 271
Dr door unlock
switch
Unlock →
Lock
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 5: The front door switch (driver’s side) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If there is an error to the front door switch (driver’s
side) input signal, the door switch (driver’s side) signal is no longer output to the communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of front door switch (LH)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the installation condition.
Check that the front door switch (driver’s side) is
installed to the body correctly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.
STEP 2. Front door switch (driver’s side) check
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the front door switch (driver’s side).
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in DDR line between
ETACS-ECU connector and front door switch
(LH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-317
ETACS
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Open the driver's door.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 256
Dr door ajar switch
Open
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 6: The front door switch (passenger’s side) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If there is an error to the front door switch (passenger’s side) input signal, the front door switch (passenger’s side) signal is no longer output to the
communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of front door switch (RH)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the installation condition.
Check that the front door switch (passenger’s side) is
installed to the body correctly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.
STEP 2. Front door switch (passenger’s side)
check
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the front door switch (passenger’s
side).
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in DAS line between
ETACS-ECU connector and front door switch
(RH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Open the front passenger's door.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 257
As door ajar switch
Open
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
54A-318
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 7: The rear door switch (RH) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If there is an error to the rear door switch (RH) input
signal, the rear door switch (RH) signal is no longer
output to the communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of rear door switch (RH)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
STEP 2. Rear door switch (RH) check
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the rear door switch (RH).
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in DRH line between
ETACS-ECU connector and rear door switch (RH)
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Open the rear right door.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 258
RR door ajar switch
Open
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the installation condition.
Check that the rear door switch (RH) is installed to
the body correctly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 8: The rear door switch (LH) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
signal, the rear door switch (LH) signal is no longer
output to the communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of rear door switch (LH)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
STEP 1. Check the installation condition.
Check that the rear door switch (LH) is installed to
the body correctly.
If there is an error to the rear door switch (LH) input
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-319
ETACS
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.
STEP 2. Rear door switch (LH) check
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the rear door switch (LH).
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in DLH line between
ETACS-ECU connector and rear door switch (LH)
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Open the rear left door.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 259
RL door ajar switch
Open
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 9: The tailgate lock actuator <vehicles without electric tailgate> or tailgate latch
<vehicles with electric tailgate> signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If there is an error to the tailgate lock actuator <vehicles without electric tailgate> or tailgate latch <vehicles with electric tailgate> input signal, the tailgate
lock actuator <vehicles without electric tailgate> or
tailgate latch <vehicles with electric tailgate> signal
is no longer output to the communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of tailgate lock actuator <vehicles
without electric tailgate>
• Malfunction of tailgate latch <vehicles with electric tailgate>
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
YES : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the installation condition.
Check that the tailgate lock actuator <vehicles without electric tailgate> or tailgate latch <vehicles with
electric tailgate> is installed to the body correctly.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.
STEP 2. Tailgate lock actuator <vehicles without
electric tailgate> or tailgate latch <vehicles with
electric tailgate> check
Refer to GROUP 42A − Tailgate <vehicles without
Electric Tailgate> or <vehicles with Electric Tailgate>.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the tailgate lock actuator <vehicles
without electric tailgate> or tailgate latch
<vehicles with electric tailgate>.
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in TRID line between
ETACS-ECU connector and tailgate lock actuator
<vehicles without electric tailgate> or tailgate
latch <vehicles with electric tailgate> connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-320
ETACS
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Open the tailgate.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
conditio
n
Item 260
Gate ajar switch
Open
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 10: The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The hazard warning lamp switch input signal is used
for the operation judgement of hazard warning lamp.
Therefore, if the signal is abnormal, the hazard warning lamp will not illuminate.
(2) Measure the resistance between the hazard
indicator assembly connector (earth terminal)
and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between hazard indicator assembly connector
and body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of hazard indicator assembly
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the hazard indicator assembly.
Refer to P.54A-174.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the hazard indicator assembly.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at hazard
indicator assembly connector (earth terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in B line between
ETACS-ECU connector and hazard indicator
assembly connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the input signals from the hazard warning
lamp switch.
• Turn ON the hazard warning lamp switch.
Item No.
Item name
Normal condition
Item 265
Hazard switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-321
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 11: The column switch signal is not received.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The ETACS-ECU receives the column switch signal
via the LIN communication. If there is an abnormality
to column switch or LIN bus line, the lights and
wiper/washer do not work normally.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch
• Faulty LIN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to Diagnosis code chart P.54A-281.
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Column switch check
• Check the continuity for wiper switch. Refer to
P.54A-206.
• Check the continuity for column switch (switch
body part). Refer to P.54A-207.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the column switch.
Inspection Procedure 12: The stop lamp switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
The stop lamp switch input signal is used for the
operation judgment of the functions below. If the signal is abnormal, these functions will not work.
• ABS, ASC
• Shift lock mechanism
• OSS
• Cruise control system
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of stop lamp switch
• Malfunction of stop lamp relay*
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
NOTE: *: The stop lamp relay cannot be inspected
because it is a semiconductor relay.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the stop lamp switch.
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to GROUP 35A −
Brake Pedal .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the stop lamp switch.
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at ETACS-ECU
connector (BKLP terminal).
(1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting
the ETACS-ECU connector and stop lamp switch
54A-322
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
connector.
(2) Check the voltage between the ETACS-ECU
connector (BKLP terminal) and body earth.
OK:
When the brake pedal is released: Approximately 0 V − 5 V (pulse)
When the brake pedal is depressed:
Approximately system voltage
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in BKLP line between
ETACS-ECU connector and stop lamp switch
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness
ETACS
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in STP line between
ETACS-ECU connector and stop lamp switch
connector.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Temporarily replace the stop lamp relay, and then
depress the brake pedal.
Item No.
Item name
Normal
condition
Item 290
Stop lamp switch
ON
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 13: The remote controlled mirror switch (fold switch) signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Input signal from the remote controlled mirror switch
(fold switch) is used to operate the functions below. If
the signal is abnormal, these functions will not work
normally.
• Electric-folding door mirrors
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the remote controlled mirror switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the remote controlled mirror
switch.
Refer to GROUP 51 − Door Mirror .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the remote controlled mirror switch.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at remote
controlled mirror switch connector (earth
terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the remote
controlled mirror switch connector (earth
terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-323
ETACS
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between remote controlled mirror switch
connector and body earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in MRR line between
ETACS-ECU connector and remote controlled
mirror switch connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the input signals from the remote controlled
mirror switch (fold switch).
• Operate the remote controlled mirror switch (fold
switch).
Item Item name
No.
Normal condition
267
OFF to ON (only
when switch is
operated)
Mirror switch
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 14: The ASC OFF switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal.
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without
KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the
ignition key needs to be registered to the
ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in
Immobilizer System − How to Register Key ID
P.54A-33.)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
If there is an error to the ASC OFF switch input signal, the ASC OFF switch signal is no longer output to
the communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ASC OFF switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the ASC OFF switch.
Refer to GROUP 35C − ASC OFF switch .
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the ASC OFF switch.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at ASC OFF
switch connector (earth terminal)
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the ASC OFF
switch connector (earth terminal) and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check of open circuit in earth line
between ASC OFF switch connector and body
earth
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Intermittent malfunction is suspected (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-324
ETACS
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 4. Check of short to power supply, short to
earth, and open circuit in ASCS line between
ETACS-ECU connector and ASC OFF switch
connector
Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the connector(s) or wiring harness.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHECK WITH TERMINAL VOLTAGE
M1545004800606
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the input signals from the ASC OFF switch.
• Operate the ASC OFF switch.
Item Item name
No.
281
Normal condition
ASC/TCL OFF switch OFF to ON (only
when switch is
operated)
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Q: Is the check result normal?
C-403
C-402
C-404
C-401
C-405
C-422
C-421
C-410
C-420
C-413
C-419
C-412
C-418
C-414
C-417
C-415
C-416
ACB05919 AB
CONNECTOR: C-401
ACB05920AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
−
−
−
−
2
DUL2
Output to central door locking (for
unlocking the passenger's door)
When the door lock actuators
unlock the passenger's door
System
voltage
3
LP+3
Ignition key cylinder illumination
lamp output (high side)
When the ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp is ON
System
voltage
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-325
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
4
−
−
−
−
5
DUN
Output to central door locking (for
unlocking the driver's door)
When the door lock actuators
unlock the driver's door
System
voltage
6
DLK1&DL Output to central door locking (for
K2
locking the doors)
When the door lock actuators
lock the doors
System
voltage
7
ASK2
Power supply (fuse No. 23)
Ignition switch: ACC
8
CIG1
System
voltage
9
MUT
Power supply (fuse No. 11)
Always
System
voltage
CONNECTOR: C-402
ACB05928AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
TL2-2
Side turn-signal lamp (LH) output
<door mirror type>
When side turn-signal lamp (LH)
is ON
System
voltage
2
IG1
Power supply from ignition switch
(IG1)
Ignition switch: ON or START
System
voltage
3
−
−
−
−
4
ACC
Ignition switch (ACC) input
Ignition switch: ACC
System
voltage
5
IG11
Power supply (fuse No. 15)
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
6
TAR3
Tail lamp (RH) output
When tail lamps are ON
System
voltage
7−8
−
−
−
−
CONNECTOR: C-403
ACB05927AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
−
−
−
−
2
RAD1
Power supply (fuse No. 17)
Always
System
voltage
3
BUP1
Power supply (fuse No. 18)
Always
System
voltage
4
TR2-2
Side turn-signal lamp (RH) output
<door mirror type>
When side turn-signal lamp (RH) System
is ON
voltage
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-326
ETACS
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
5
IG+
Power supply (fuse No. 10)
Always
System
voltage
6
−
−
−
−
7
MO-1&M
O-2
Electric folding door mirror
(unfolding) output
When the electric folding door
mirrors are unfolding
System
voltage
8
−
−
−
−
9
MC-1&M
C-2
Electric folding door mirror (folding) When the door mirrors are folding System
output
voltage
10
ROOM
Combination meter power supply
Always
System
voltage
CONNECTOR: C-404
ACB05921AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
HTR
Blower motor output
Blower motor in operation
System
voltage
Check condition
Normal
condition
CONNECTOR: C-405
ACB05929AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
1
LIN2-1,
LIN communication line
LIN2-2&LI
N2-3
Always
0 to 12 V
(pulse
signal)
2
RLP-1,
Room lamp output (low side)
RLP-2&R
LP-3
When room lamp is ON (duty)
Pulse signal
3
LP+1,
Room lamp output (high side)
LP+2,
LP+3&LP
+4
When the room lamp is ON
System
voltage
4−5
−
−
−
−
6
SR+
+B power supply
Always
System
voltage
7
−
−
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-327
CONNECTOR: C-410
AC507033AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
+B2
Battery 2
Always
System
voltage
2
+B1
Battery 1
Always
System
voltage
CONNECTOR: C-412
AC507037AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
F/PB
Fuel pump power supply input
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
2
IOD1
+B power supply input
Always
System
voltage
CONNECTOR: C-413
ACB05922AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
BATT
Power supply (fuse No. 13)
Always
System
voltage
2
RWLO
Output to rear wiper
When rear wiper is operating
System
voltage
3
RWF
Rear wiper motor output
When rear wiper is operating
System
voltage
4
STLO
Stop lamp switch power supply
When tail lamp and high-mounted System
stop lamp is ON
voltage
5
DLK3&DL Rear door lock output
K4
When rear door is locked
System
voltage
6
−
−
−
−
7
DUL3&D
UL4
Rear door unlock output
When rear door is unlocked
System
voltage
8
RWAS
Rear wiper auto stop switch input
When rear wiper is operating
System
voltage
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-328
ETACS
CONNECTOR: C-414
ACB05922AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
DEFL
Power supply (fuse No. 2)
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
2
F/P
Fuel pump output
Engine: Started
System
voltage
3
−
−
−
−
CONNECTOR: C-415
ACC00011AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
SBR
Rear height sensor power supply
Ignition switch: ON
4.2 to 5.7 V
2−7
−
−
−
−
8
TRAT
−
−
−
9
DDR
Front door switch (LH) input
Front door switch (LH): ON (door 1 V or less
open)
10
DAS
Front door switch (RH) input
Front door switch (RH): ON (door 1 V or less
open)
11
DRH
Rear door switch (RH) input
Rear door switch (RH): ON (door 1 V or less
open)
12
IG12&IG1 Power supply (fuse No. 15)
6
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
13
BLP+-1&
BLP+-2
Power supply (fuse No. 20)
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
14
BAT2
Power supply (fuse No. 18)
Always
System
voltage
15
SHR
Input from the rear height sensor
Ignition switch: ON
0.5 to 4.5 V
16
−
−
−
−
17
SGR
Rear height sensor earth
Always
1 V or less
18
GTOP
Input from tailgate lock release
handle
Tailgate lock release handle: ON
1 V or less
19
TRID
Input from tailgate lock release
handle
Tailgate lock release handle: ON
1 V or less
20
DLH
Rear door switch (LH) input
Rear door switch (LH): ON (door
open)
1 V or less
21 − 22
−
−
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-329
ETACS
CONNECTOR: C-416
ACC00008AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
−
−
−
−
2
SHF
Input from the front height sensor
Ignition switch: ON
0.5 to 4.5 V
3
SGF
Front height sensor earth
Always
1 V or less
4
AMB-
Earth (ambient temperature
sensor)
Always
1 V or less
5
MGL
Headlamp levelling unit (LH) earth
Always
1 V or less
6
MGR
Headlamp levelling unit (RH) earth Always
1 V or less
7
SBF
Rear height sensor power supply
Ignition switch: ON
4.2 to 5.7 V
8
HWA
Headlamp washer output
When headlamp washer is ON
1 V or less
9
AMB+
Ambient temperature sensor input
Always
0.2 − 2.72 V
10
−
−
−
−
11
HLO
Headlamp (LO) output
When headlamp (LO) is ON
1 V or less
12
−
−
−
−
13
F/HI
Cooling fan (HI) output
When cooling fan HI is operating
1 V or less
14
−
−
−
−
15
−
−
−
−
16
N.HO
Output to horn
When horn sounds
1 V or less
17
−
−
−
−
18
HHI
Headlamp (HI) output
When headlamp (HI) is ON
1 V or less
19
−
−
−
−
20
BFSW
Brake fluid switch input
Brake fluid switch: ON
1 V or less
21 − 22
−
−
−
−
23
F/LO
Cooling fan (LO) output
When cooling fan LO is operating 1 V or less
24
MBL
Headlamp levelling unit (LH) power Ignition switch: ON
supply
System
voltage
25
MBR
Headlamp levelling unit (RH) power Ignition switch: ON
supply
System
voltage
26
MSL
Output to the headlamp levelling
unit (LH)
When the
levelling motor
is stopped
1 V or less
When the
levelling motor
is operating
16% to 84%
of system
voltage
Ignition switch:
ON
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-330
ETACS
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
27
MSR
Output to the headlamp levelling
unit (RH)
Ignition switch:
ON
When the
levelling motor
is stopped
1 V or less
When the
levelling motor
is operating
16% to 84%
of system
voltage
28
−
−
−
−
CONNECTOR: C-417
ACC00010AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
SV
Power supply (5V)
Always
5V
2
SIGR
Keyless entry system signal output Always
0 to 5 V
(pulse
signal)
3
PWRC
Receiver antenna module (door
entry) power control
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
4
SIGI
Immobilizer signal input/output
When immobilizer authentication
(When insert ignition key to
ignition switch or turn ignition
switch from ACC to ON.)
0 to 5 V
(pulse
signal)
5
CLOC
Immobilizer CLOCK input
When immobilizer authentication
(When insert ignition key to
ignition switch or turn ignition
switch from ACC to ON.)
0 to 5 V
(pulse
signal)
6
IG1A
Power supply (fuse No. 16)
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
7
REV
Back-up lamp switch power supply When back-up lamp is ON
System
voltage
8 − 10
−
−
−
−
11
DDUK
Input to driver's door lock actuator
(unlock)
Driver's door lock: Unlocked
1 V or less
12 − 14
−
−
−
−
15
ASCS
ASC off switch input
ASC off switch: ON
1 V or less
16
CNML
CAN-C-Mid_L
−
−
17
CNMH
CAN-C-Mid_H
−
−
18
CANL
CAN-C_L
−
−
19
CANH
CAN-C_H
−
−
20
−
−
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-331
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
21
DATA
LIN communication line
Always
0 to 12 V
(pulse
signal)
22 − 23
−
−
−
−
24
WB/U
Windshield wiper backup input
Windshield low-speed wiper
switch or windshield high-speed
wiper switch: ON
1 V or less
25
MRR
Input to remote controlled mirror
switch (folding/unfolding switch)
Remote controlled mirror switch
(folding/unfolding switch): ON
1 V or less
26
B
Hazard switch input
Hazard switch: ON
1 V or less
27
ADUK
Input to front passenger's door lock Front passenger's door lock:
actuator (unlock)
Unlocked
28
D-LS
Door lock switch (lock) input
Power window main switch (door 1 V or less
lock switch): Lock
29
−
−
−
30
HL1+
Input to key reminder switch
Key reminder switch: ON (ignition 1 V or less
key removed)
31
D-US
Door lock switch (unlock) input
Power window main switch (door 1 V or less
lock switch): Unlock
32 − 35
−
−
−
−
36
GND
Ground
Always
1 V or less
1 V or less
−
CONNECTOR: C-418
ACB05932 AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1−2
−
−
−
−
3
TAR2
Tail lamp (RH) output
When tail lamps are ON
System
voltage
4
GLK
Tailgate lock release handle output Tailgate lock release handle: ON
System
voltage
5
TR3-1&T
R3-2
Rear turn-signal lamp (LH) output
When rear turn-signal lamp (LH)
is ON
System
voltage
6
TAL2
Tail lamp (LH) and licence plate
lamp output
With tail lamp and licence plate
lamp illuminated
System
voltage
7
−
−
−
−
8
PWS
Rear power window sub switch
power supply
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
9
−
−
−
−
10
RFOG
Output to rear fog lamp
Rear fog lamp is on
System
voltage
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-332
ETACS
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
11
TR3
Rear turn-signal lamp (RH) output
When rear turn-signal lamp (RH)
is ON
System
voltage
12
BLP2-1,
BLP2-2
Back-up lamp switch power supply When back-up lamp is ON
13
GLP-
Output to luggage compartment
lamp
System
voltage
When luggage compartment lamp Battery
is illuminated
positive
voltage
CONNECTOR: C-419
ACB05925AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
IGN
Engine ECU (IG1) output
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
2
WACC
Windshield wiper (ACC) output
Ignition switch: ACC
System
voltage
3
BKLP
Input from stop lamp switch
Stop lamp switch: ON
5V
4
FOGY
Output to fog lamps
Fog lamp switch: ON
1 V or less
5
STOE
Ignition switch (START) switch
output
Ignition switch: START
System
voltage
6
WASH
Output to windshield washer
When windshield washer is
operating
System
voltage
7
W.WA
Rear washer output
When rear washer is operating
System
voltage
8
W.AS
Windshield wiper auto stop switch
input
When windshield wipers are
operating
System
voltage
9
TR1&TR2 Front turn-signal lamp and side
-1
turn-signal lamp (RH) <fender
panel type> output
With front and side turn-signal
lamp (RH) illuminated
System
voltage
10
TL1&TL2- Front turn-signal lamp and side
With front and side turn-signal
1
turn-signal lamp (LH) <fender panel lamp (LH) illuminated
type> output
System
voltage
11
FP/R
Engine: Started
1 V or less
Engine ECU (fuel control) input
CONNECTOR: C-420
ACB05933AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1−2
−
−
−
−
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-333
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
3
+BP
Power supply (fusible link No. 1)
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
4−5
−
−
−
−
6
DEFO-1
&
DEFO-2
Defogger output
Defogger switch: ON
1 V or less
7
−
−
−
−
8
HOSW
Horn switch input
Horn switch: ON
1 V or less
9
ST
Ignition switch (START) input
Ignition switch: START
System
voltage
10 − 11
−
−
−
−
12
+B, PWM Power supply (fusible link No. 20)
Ignition switch: ON
System
voltage
13
ACC1
Ignition switch: ACC
System
voltage
Power supply (fuse No. 22)
CONNECTOR: C-421
ACB05926AB
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
−
−
−
−
2
W.HI
Windshield wiper (HI) output
When windshield wipers are
operating at high speed
System
voltage
3
TAR1
Position lamp (RH) output
With position lamp ON
System
voltage
4−5
−
−
−
−
6
STP
Stop lamp switch power supply
Stop lamp switch: ON
System
voltage
7
W.LO
Windshield wiper (LO) output
When windshield wipers are
operating at low speed
System
voltage
8
TAL1
Position lamp (LH) output
With position lamp ON
System
voltage
9
BLP1
Inhibitor switch (R) input
Selector lever: R and ignition
switch: ON
System
voltage
10
DEFR
Defogger output
Defogger switch: ON
1 V or less
CONNECTOR: C-422
ACB05924AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-334
ETACS
Terminal
No.
Terminal
code
Check item
Check condition
Normal
condition
1
SLSO
Shift lock solenoid
When all the following conditions System
are met.
voltage
• Ignition switch: ON
• Brake pedal: depressed
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CUSTOMISATION FUNCTION
M1545002501550
By operating the M.U.T.-III ETACS system, the following functions can be customised. The programmed information is held even when the battery
is disconnected.
Adjustment
Adjustment item
Adjusting content
item (M.U.T.-III
(M.U.T.-III display)
display)
Turn power
source
Adjustment of
turn-signal lamp
operation condition
Adjusting content
ACC or IG1
Operable with ACC or ON position
IG1
Operable with ON position (initial
condition)
Comfort flasher With/without
comfort flasher
function
Disable
No function
Enable
With function (initial condition)
Hazard answer
back
Lock:1, Unlock:2
LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: Flashes
twice (initial condition)
Lock:1, Unlock:0
LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: No flash
Lock:0, Unlock:2
LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash twice
Lock:2, Unlock:1
LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:2, Unlock:0
LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: No flash
Lock:0, Unlock:1
LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:0, Unlock:0
No function
Adjustment of the
number of keyless
hazard warning
lamp answer back
flashes
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display)
54A-335
Adjustment
item (M.U.T.-III
display)
Adjustment item
Front wiper
operation
Adjustment of the
Normal INT
intermittent
windshield wiper
Variable INT
operation <vehicles
without lighting
Speed Sensitive
control sensor>
Intermittent wiper interval is fixed to 4
seconds.
Adjustment of the
Normal INT
intermittent
windshield wiper
Variable INT
operation <vehicles
with lighting control
Speed Sensitive
sensor>
Intermittent wiper interval is fixed to 4
seconds.
Rain Sensitive
Adjusting content
Intermittent wiper interval is calculated only
by the wiper volume control.
Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
according to the intermittent wiper volume
control and vehicle speed (initial
condition).
Intermittent wiper interval is calculated only
by the wiper volume control.
Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
according to the intermittent wiper volume
control and vehicle speed.
Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
according to the intermittent wiper volume
control and lighting control sensor (initial
condition).
Front/rear wiper Disabling or
Only Washer
washer
enabling
Washer & Wiper
washer-linked wiper
function
With after wipe
No function
Intermittent time Adjustment of rear
of rear wiper
wiper interval
0 sec.
No wiper interval
4 sec.
4 seconds
8 sec.
8 seconds (initial condition)
16 sec.
16 seconds
Rear wiper Low Disabling or
Disable
speed mode
enabling rear wiper Enable
continuous
operation
No function
Auto fold mirror Electric folding door
mirror automatic
unfolding function
<vehicles with
electric retractable
remote controlled
door mirrors>
Not Auto
No synchronised operation
Open Vehicle SPD
Vehicle speed-dependent operation
Open/Close by IG
Ignition switch linked operation
OPN/CLS Keyless
Keyless entry linked operation (initial
condition)
Sensitivity for
auto lamp
Level 1 bright
High ambient brightness
Level 2 bright
Standard ambient brightness (initial
condition)
Level 3
Low ambient brightness
Level 4 dark
Low-low ambient brightness
Lighting control
sensor sensitivity
(illumination
intensity) <vehicles
with lighting control
sensor>
With function: Without delayed finishing
wipe function <Initial condition>
With function: With delayed finishing wipe
function
With function (initial condition)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-336
Adjustment
item (M.U.T.-III
display)
ETACS
Adjustment item
Room lamp
Adjustment of
delay timer with interior lamp delay
door
shutdown time
Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display)
Adjusting content
0 sec.
0 second (no delay shutdown time)
7.5 sec.
7.5 seconds
15 sec.
15 seconds (initial condition)
30 sec.
30 seconds
60 sec.
60 seconds
120 sec.
120 seconds
180 sec.
180 seconds
Head lamp auto Adjustment of
Disable
cut customise
headlamp
Enable (B-spec.)
automatic shutdown
function
No function
Interior lamp
auto cut timer
With function (initial condition)
Adjustment of
interior lamp
automatic shutdown
function operation
time
Disable
No function
3 min
3 minutes
30 min
30 minutes (initial condition)
60 min
60 minutes
Comfort flasher Switch operation
switch time
time to activate the
comfort flasher
function
Normal
0.4 second (initial condition)
Long
0.8 second
Intelligent/Comf With/without
ort washer
Comfort washer
function
Disable
No function (Initial condition)
Enable
With function
Auto door
unlock
Disable
Without function (initial condition)
Always (P pos)
With function: Operates when the shift
lever or the selector lever is moved to the
P position.
Always(Lock pos)
With function: Operates when the ignition
switch is moved to the LOCK (OFF)
position.
All Doors Unlock
Without function: The first operation of
keyless entry system or unlock operation
by KOS unlocks all doors (initial condition).
Dr Door Unlock
With function: The first operation of
keyless entry system or unlock operation
by KOS unlocks the driver's door only, and
the second unlock operation within 2
seconds after that unlocks all doors.
30 sec.
30 seconds (initial condition)
60 sec.
60 seconds
120 sec.
120 seconds
180 sec.
180 seconds
Door unlock
mode
Adjustment of the
auto door unlock
function
Adjustment of
power door locks
with selective
unlocking
Timer lock timer Timer lock period
adjustment
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Adjustment
item (M.U.T.-III
display)
Adjustment item
Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display)
Multi mode
Multi-mode keyless Disable
entry function
D/M: O&C
customisation
<Vehicles with
electric retractable
remote controlled
door mirrors>
54A-337
Adjusting content
No function
Door mirror fold/unfold operation only
(initial condition)
Duration of horn Horn sounding time Short
chirp
during horn answer Long
back
0.01 second (initial condition)
Rear
wiper(linked
reverse gear)
Enable(R wip.ON)
Operates only when the rear wiper switch
is ON.
Enable(R/F wip.)
Operates only when the front or rear wiper
switch is ON (initial condition).
KOS key detect With/without KOS
out from window key exterior
detection function
<Vehicles with
KOS>
Enable
No function
Disable
With function (initial condition)
KOS feature
Both enable
All KOS functions are enabled (initial
condition).
Door Entry enable
Only door entry function is enabled.
ENG start enable
Only engine starting function is enabled.
Both disable
All KOS functions are disabled.
0 sec.
0 second
3 sec.
3 seconds (Initial condition)
5 sec.
5 seconds
KOS unlock
disable time
Adjustment of
automatic rear
window wiper
operation with
reverse gear
engaged
KOS function
adjustment
<Vehicles with
KOS>
Adjusts the door
unlock inhibition
period after door
lock is activated.
<Vehicles with
KOS>
0.02 second
Remote ENG
starter answer
back
Remote engine
Disable
starter answer back Enable
function adjustment
No function (Initial condition)
ACC power
auto cut
Time to ACC power Disable
cut-off when the
30 min
ignition switch is in
60 min
the ACC position
No function
Disabling or
enabling coming
home light function
Disable
No function
15 sec.
The headlamps illuminate for 15 seconds.
30 sec.
The headlamps illuminate for 30 seconds.
(initial condition)
60 sec.
The headlamps illuminate for 60 seconds.
180 sec.
The headlamps illuminate for 180 seconds.
Coming home
light
With function
30 minutes (initial condition)
60 minutes
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-338
ETACS
Adjustment
item (M.U.T.-III
display)
Adjustment item
Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display)
Adjusting content
Welcome light
Disabling or
enabling welcome
light function
Disable
No function
Small lamp
The tail lamps illuminate. <initial condition>
Head lamp
The headlamps illuminate.
Outer buzzer
volume
Volume adjustment Volume 1
for the KOS outer
Volume 2
buzzer <Vehicles
Volume 3
with KOS>
Quieter than the standard
A/C
Recirculation
Control
With/without the
inside/outside air
automatic control
function
Disable
No function
Enable
With function (Initial condition)
A/C Switch
Control
With/without A/C
automatic control
function
Disable
No function
Enable
With function (Initial condition)
A/C Sensible
temp.
customize
Adjusting mean
-2
value for
temperature setting
Standard volume (Initial condition)
Louder than the standard
Decreases the control temperature two
degrees than the temperature displayed
on the LCD.
-1
Decreases the control temperature one
degree than the temperature displayed on
the LCD.
0
No change (Initial condition)
1
Increases the control temperature one
degree than the temperature displayed on
the LCD.
2
Increases the control temperature two
degrees than the temperature displayed
on the LCD.
FOOT / DEF Air Changes air
outlet ratio
distribution rate for
DEF/FOOT vents
during manual
operation.
Normal
D/F2 (Initial condition)
FOOT > DEF
D/F1(more to FOOT vent): More air flows
through FOOT vents.
FOOT < DEF
D/F3(more to DEF vent): More air flows
through DEF vents.
FACE / FOOT
Air outlet ratio
Normal
B/L2 (Initial condition)
FACE > FOOT
B/L1(more to FACE vent): More air flows
through FACE vents.
FACE < FOOT
B/L3(more to FOOT vent): More air flows
through FOOT vents.
Changes air
distribution rate for
FACE/FOOT vents
during manual
operation.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
Adjustment
item (M.U.T.-III
display)
Adjustment item
Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display)
Auto Rear
When ambient
Disable
Defogger(Engin temperature is 3
Enable
e Start)
degree or less, the
rear defogger will
be turned on
automatically. (The
rear window
defogger has never
been activated
since the ignition
switch was turned
on last time)
Adjusting content
No function (Initial condition)
With function
54A-339
54A-340
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
ETACS-ECU
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1545004700502
CAUTION
• When the ETACS-ECU of vehicles without KOS is replaced, the encrypted code of the ignition key
needs to be registered to the ETACS-ECU. (If the encrypted code is not registered, the engine cannot be started. Register the encrypted code as described in Immobilizer System − How to Register
Key ID P.54A-33.)
• When the ETACS-ECU is replaced, chassis number writing and coding must be performed. When
diagnosis code No.B1761 "Chassis No. not programmed" or No.B222C "Coding not completed" is
set to the ETACS-ECU, perform chassis number writing and coding. Refer to the "M.U.T.-III operation manual" and perform coding.
• When the ETACS-ECU is replaced, initialise the ETACS-ECU (headlamp automatic levelling system) using M.U.T.-III (Refer to P.54A-131).
Pre-removal Operation
• Bottom Cover Assembly (Driver's Side) Removal (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
• Instrument Panel Lower Removal (Refer to GROUP 52A
− Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles without Knee
Air Bag>.
• Instrument Panel Lower LH Removal (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles with Knee
Air Bag>.
Post-installation Operation
• Instrument Panel Lower Installation (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles without
Knee Air Bag>.
• Instrument Panel Lower LH Installation (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ) <Vehicles with Knee
Air Bag>.
• Bottom Cover Assembly (Driver's Side) Installation (Refer
to GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ).
4.0 ± 2.0 N·m
ETACS-ECU
ACB05398AB
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement